talisman sabre 2013 public environment report - aurecon
TRANSCRIPT
Talisman Sabre 2013
Public Environment Report
Department of Defence
Draft for Consultation
Consultation period: 24 September 2012 – 26 October 2012
Free call: 1800 724 862
Email: [email protected]
Visit: www.aurecongroup.com/talismansabre2013www.aurecongroup.com/talismansabre2013
Mail: Talisman Sabre 2013, Aurecon Australian Reply Paid 85470, Brisbane QLD 4001
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
Document Control Record
Document prepared by:
Aurecon Australia Pty Ltd
ABN 54 005 139 873
Level 1, 15 Barry Drive Turner ACT 2612
GPO Box 320 Canberra City ACT 2601 Australia T
F
E
W
+61 2 6112 0100
+61 2 6112 0106
aurecongroup.com
A person using Aurecon documents or data accepts the risk of:
a) Using the documents or data in electronic form without requesting and checking them for accuracy against the original hard copy version.
b) Using the documents or data for any purpose not agreed to in writing by Aurecon.
Report Title Public Environment Report
Document ID Project Number 230264
File Path P:\Projects\230264 Talisman Sabre PER\Project template.docx
Client Department of Defence Client Contact
Rev Date Revision Details/Status Prepared by Author Verifier Approver
0 20 July 2012 Preliminary Draft DJM DJM/KH/CF MR
1 28 August 2012 Draft for Defence Clearance DJM DJM/DC MR ML
2 24 September 2012 Draft for Consultation DJM DJM MR ML
Current Revision 2
Approval
Author Signature Approver Signature
Name Name
Title Title
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
Talisman Sabre 2013
Date | 24 September 2012
Reference | 230264
Revision | 2
Aurecon Australia Pty Ltd
ABN 54 005 139 873
Level 1, 15 Barry Drive Turner ACT 2612
GPO Box 320 Canberra City ACT 2601 Australia
T F E W
+61 2 6112 0100 +61 2 6112 0106 [email protected] aurecongroup.com
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
Contents Acronyms 1
Executive Summary 4
Public Environment Report (PER) 4
Public Consultation Process 5
Building a Knowledge Base 5
Ongoing Environmental Management of the Defence Estate 6
Transparency 7
Environmental Support during TS13 7
Health and Safety during TS13 7
Post Exercise TS13 7
Community Consultation Process 7
TS13 Community Consultation Checklist 8
1 Introduction 9
1.1 Objectives of the PER 10
1.2 Methodology of the PER 10
2 Talisman Sabre 2013 in Context 11
2.1 Exercise Objectives 11
2.2 Locations and Overview 11
2.3 Weapons and Equipment 13
2.3.1 Australian Army 13
2.3.2 Royal Australian Air Force 13
2.3.3 Royal Australian Navy 14
2.3.4 US Air Force 14
2.3.5 US Navy 14
2.3.6 US Marine Corps 15
2.4 Participants 15
2.5 Description of Activities 16
2.5.1 Training in East Australia Range Complex 16
2.5.2 North Australian Range Complex 16
2.5.3 Training in Maritime Areas 16
2.6 Proposed Timing of TS13 16
2.7 Health and Safety 16
2.8 Social and Economic Aspects 17
2.9 Information Regarding Common Perceptions 18
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
3 Legislative and Policy Framework 23
3.1 Commonwealth Legislation 23
3.1.1 Changes to Legislation since TS11 24
3.1.2 State of the Environment 2008 Report - SWBTA 25
3.2 State Legislation 26
3.2.1 Queensland 26
3.2.2 Northern Territory 26
3.3 Defence Policy 27
3.3.1 Defence Environmental Policy 27
3.3.2 Sustainable Training Area Management 28
3.3.3 Joint Statement of Environment and Heritage Principles 28
3.3.4 Defence Climate Change Policy 29
3.4 Agreements and Assessments 30
3.4.1 Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority 30
4 Environmental Management Framework 32
4.1 TS13 Environmental Planning 32
4.2 TS13 Environmental Management 33
4.2.1 Environmental Management Plan 33
4.2.2 Environmental Roles and Responsibilities 33
4.2.3 Environmental Controls 38
4.2.4 Environmental Awareness 40
4.3 TS13 Environmental Reporting 40
4.3.1 Environmental Monitoring Group Actions 41
4.3.2 Unit Environmental Liaison Officer Actions 42
4.3.3 Defence Support Operations Actions 42
4.4 Stakeholder and Community Consultation 43
4.4.1 Preparation for Consultation Activity 43
4.4.2 Outcomes of Consultation Activity 44
5 Environmental Risk Management 45
5.1 Environmental Risk Assessment 45
5.1.1 Commitment to Risk Management 45
5.1.2 Environmental Risk Assessment Process 45
5.1.3 Environmental Risk Workshop 46
5.2 TS13 Key Environmental Risks 46
5.3 Risk Reduction Measures 49
5.4 Detailed Management Actions for Areas of Concern 53
5.4.1 Quarantine 53
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
5.4.2 Waste Management 54
5.4.3 Land and Water Contamination 54
5.4.4 Weed Management 55
5.4.5 Whales and Other Cetaceans 55
5.4.6 Sensitive Vegetation and Habitats 56
5.4.7 Low Flying Aircraft Noise 56
5.4.8 Jamming Signals 57
5.4.9 Fire 57
5.4.10 Oil Pollution 57
5.4.11 Heritage 57
5.4.12 Nuclear Activities and Prohibited Weapons 58
5.4.13 Nuclear Powered Vessels 58
5.4.14 Capricorn Coast Water Catchment Area 59
6 Key Training Areas 61
6.1 Shoalwater Bay Training Area 62
6.1.1 Description of the Area 62
6.1.2 Environmental Values 64
6.1.3 Planned Activities 67
6.1.4 Potential Risks and Impacts 68
6.1.5 Mitigation Measures 71
6.2 Saumarez Reef Air Weapons Range 72
6.2.1 Description of the Area 72
6.2.2 Environmental Values 73
6.2.3 Planned Activities 74
6.2.4 Potential Risks and Impacts 74
6.2.5 Mitigation Measures 74
6.3 Townsville Field Training Area 75
6.3.1 Environmental Values 77
6.3.2 Planned Activities 79
6.3.3 Potential Risks and Impacts 79
6.3.4 Mitigation Measures 81
6.3.5 TS13 Specific Environmental Controls 82
6.4 Cowley Beach Training Area 82
6.4.1 Environmental Values 84
6.4.2 Planned Activities 87
6.4.3 Potential Risks and Impacts 87
6.4.4 Mitigation Measures 88
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
6.5 Canungra Field Training Area 89
6.5.1 Environmental Values 90
6.5.2 Planned Activities 92
6.5.3 Potential Risks and Impacts 92
6.5.4 Mitigation Measures 93
6.6 Delamere Range Facility 94
6.6.1 Description of the area 94
6.6.2 Environmental Values 94
6.6.3 Potential Activities 97
6.6.4 Potential Risks and Impacts 98
6.6.5 Mitigation Measures 98
6.7 Bradshaw Field Training Area 99
6.7.1 Description of the area 99
6.7.2 Environmental Values 101
6.7.3 Potential Activities 103
6.7.4 Potential Risks and Impacts 104
6.7.5 Mitigation Measures 105
6.8 Mount Bundey Training Area 106
6.8.1 Description of the Area 106
6.8.2 Environmental Values 108
6.8.3 Planned Activities 109
6.8.4 Potential Risks and Impacts 110
6.8.5 Mitigation Measures 111
6.9 Coral Sea 112
6.9.1 Description of the area 112
6.9.2 Environmental Values 112
6.9.3 Planned Activities 114
6.9.4 Potential Risks and Impacts 115
6.9.5 Mitigation Measures 116
6.10 Timor and Arafura Seas 117
6.10.1 Description of the area 117
6.10.2 Environmental Values 117
6.10.3 Planned Activities 118
6.10.4 Potential Risks and Impacts 119
6.10.5 Mitigation Measures 120
7 Support Sites 122
7.1 Overview 122
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
7.2 Aviation - RAAF Bases and Civil Airports 124
7.2.1 Planned Activities 126
7.2.2 Potential Risks and Impacts 126
7.2.3 Mitigation Measures 126
7.3 Depots and Staging Sites 127
7.3.1 Planned Activities 128
7.3.2 Potential Risks and Impacts 128
7.3.3 Mitigation Measures 128
7.4 Port Facilities 129
7.4.1 Planned Activities 130
7.4.2 Potential Risks and Impacts 131
7.4.3 Mitigation Measures 131
8 TS13 Environmental Commitment Summary 132
9 References 134
Index of Figures
Figure 1 | General locality of training activity ................................................................................................. 12 Figure 2 | Outcomes of the 2005 workshop on Assessment of the risks of Defence activities in the Great
Barrier Reef World Heritage Area ........................................................................................................... 30 Figure 3 | Environmental Monitoring Group Structure for TS13 .................................................................... 35 Figure 4 | Structure of the Environmental Management Controls for TS13 ................................................... 39 Figure 5 | Shoalwater Locality Plan ................................................................................................................ 63 Figure 6 | Townsville Field Training Area Locality Plan................................................................................... 76 Figure 7 | Cowley Beach Training Area Locality Plan ..................................................................................... 83 Figure 8 | Delamare Range Facility Locality Plan ........................................................................................... 95 Figure 9 | Bradshaw Field Training Area Locality Plan ................................................................................. 100 Figure 10 | Mount Bundey Training Area Locality Plan ................................................................................. 107
Index of Tables
Table 1 | TS13 Common Perceptions and Response ................................................................................... 18 Table 2 | Group Actions and Responsibilities ................................................................................................ 36 Table 3 | Defence Environmental Controls .................................................................................................... 38 Table 4 | Post Exercise Environmental Reporting ......................................................................................... 41 Table 5 | TS13 Community Consultation Activities ........................................................................................ 44 Table 6 | Summary of Key Environmental Impacts and Risks ....................................................................... 47 Table 7 | Maritime Activities Risk Reduction Measures ................................................................................. 49 Table 8 | Air Activity Risk Reduction Measures ............................................................................................. 51 Table 9 | Land Activity Risk Reduction Measures ......................................................................................... 52 Table 10 | Ports and Other Non-Defence Land Risk Reduction Measures ................................................... 53 Table 11 | TS13 Key Training Areas .............................................................................................................. 61 Table 12 | Key Environmental Values of Shoalwater Bay Training Area....................................................... 64 Table 13 | TS13 Planned Activities at Shoalwater Bay Training Area ........................................................... 67 Table 14 | Potential Impacts at Shoalwater Bay Training Area ..................................................................... 68
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
Table 15 | Key Environmental Values of Saumarez Reef Air Weapons Range ............................................ 73 Table 16 | TS13 Planned Activities at Saumarez Reef Air Weapons Range ................................................ 74 Table 17 | Potential Impacts at Saumarez Reef Air Weapons Range ........................................................... 74 Table 18 | Key Environmental Values of Townsville Field Training Area ...................................................... 77 Table 19 | TS13 Planned Activities at Townsville Field Training Area .......................................................... 79 Table 20 | Potential Impacts at Townsville Field Training Area ..................................................................... 79 Table 21 | Key Environmental Values of Cowley Beach Training Area ......................................................... 84 Table 22 | TS13 Planned Activities at Cowley Beach Training Area ............................................................. 87 Table 23 | Potential Impacts at Cowley Beach Training Area ....................................................................... 87 Table 24 | Key Environmental Values of Canungra Training Area ................................................................ 90 Table 25 | TS13 Planned Activities at Canungra Training Area .................................................................... 92 Table 26 | Potential Impacts at Canungra Training Area ............................................................................... 92 Table 27 | Key Environmental Values of Delamere Range Facility ............................................................... 96 Table 28 | TS13 Potential Activities at Delamere Range Facility .................................................................. 97 Table 29 | Potential Impacts at Delamere Range Facility .............................................................................. 98 Table 30 | Key Environmental Values of Bradshaw Field Training Area ..................................................... 101 Table 31 | TS13 Potential Activities at Bradshaw Field Training Area ........................................................ 103 Table 32 | Potential Impacts at Bradshaw Field Training Area .................................................................... 104 Table 33 | Key Environmental Values of Mount Bundey Training Area....................................................... 108 Table 34 | TS13 Planned Activities at Mount Bundey Training Area ........................................................... 109 Table 35 | Potential Impacts at Mount Bundey Training Area ..................................................................... 110 Table 36 | Key Environmental Values of the Coral Sea .............................................................................. 112 Table 37 | TS13 Planned Activities on the Coral Sea .................................................................................. 114 Table 38 | Potential Impacts on the Coral Sea ............................................................................................ 115 Table 39 | Key Environmental Values of the Timor and Arafura Seas ........................................................ 117 Table 40 | TS13 Planned Activities at Timor and Arafura Seas .................................................................. 118 Table 41 | Potential Impacts on the Timor and Arafura Seas ...................................................................... 119 Table 42 | Summary of Support Sites .......................................................................................................... 122 Table 43 | RAAF Bases and Civil Airports ................................................................................................... 124 Table 44 | Staging Properties ...................................................................................................................... 127 Table 45 | Port Facilities .............................................................................................................................. 129
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
Appendices
Appendix A
Joint Statement of Environmental and Heritage Principles
Appendix B
Defence Environmental Risk Tool (ERT)
Appendix C
List of Threatened Communities, Species and Migratory Species for Shoalwater Bay Training Area
Appendix D
List of Threatened Communities, Species and Migratory Species for Saumarez Training Area
Appendix E
List of Threatened Communities, Species and Migratory Species for Townsville Field Training Area
Appendix F
List of Threatened Communities, Species and Migratory Species for Cowley Beach Training Area
Appendix G
List of Threatened Communities, Species and Migratory Species for Canungra Training Area
Appendix H
List of Threatened Communities, Species and Migratory Species for Delamere Range Facility
Appendix I
List of Threatened Communities, Species and Migratory Species for Bradshaw Field Training Area
Appendix J
List of Threatened Communities, Species and Migratory Species for Mount Bundey Training Area
Appendix K
List of Threatened Communities, Species and Migratory Species for Coral Sea
Appendix L
List of Threatened Communities, Species and Migratory Species for Timor and Arafura Seas
Appendix M
Community Issues and Responses – Cross Reference Table
Appendix N
Frequently Asked Questions
p 1
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
ADF Australian Defence Force
ARPANSA Australian Radiation Protection and Nuclear Safety Agency
ANSTO Australian Nuclear Science and Technology Organisation
ASW Anti-submarine Warfare
BFTA Bradshaw Field Training Area
CBD Central Business District
CBTA Cowley Beach Training Area
CDF Chief of the Defence Force
CECG Combined Exercise Control Group
CEI Combined Exercise Instruction
CHL Commonwealth Heritage List
CJOPS Commander Joint Operations
COMARRPLAN Commonwealth Government Maritime Radiological Response Plan
CPX Command Post Exercise
CQPA Central Queensland Port Authority
DAFF Department of Agriculture, Fisheries and Forestry
DCJOPS Deputy Commander Joint Operations
DEHP Department of Environment and Heritage Protection (Qld)
DSEWPaC Department of Sustainability, Environment, Water, Population and
Communities
DPO Defence Project Officers
DRF Delamere Range Facility
DSG Defence Support Group
DSO Defence Support Operations
EARC East Australian Range Complex
EAXA East Australian Exercise Area
ECC Environmental Clearance Certificate
EEZ Exclusive Economic Zone
EMG Environmental Monitoring Group
EMP Environmental Management Plan
EMQ Emergency Management Queensland
EMS Environmental Management System
E&E Environment and Engineering Branch
EPBC Act Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Acronyms
p 2
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
ERT Environmental Risk Tool
ESD Ecologically Sustainable Development
FAQ Frequently Asked Questions
FTX Field Training Exercise
GBRMPA Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority
GBRWHA Great Barrier Reef World Heritage Area
HE High Explosives
HEMP Heritage and Environmental Management Plan
HMP Heritage Management Plan
HQ Headquarters
HQJOC Headquarters Joint Operations Command
ILUA Indigenous Land Use Agreement
JCTC Joint Combined Training Capability
JLVC Joint Live Virtual Constructive
LFX Live Firing Exercise
MARFORPAC US Marine Forces Pacific
MBTA Mount Bundey Training Area
MFAS Mid-Frequency Active Sonar
MNES Matters of National Environmental Significance
MXA Maritime Exercise Areas
NARC North Australian Range Complex
NAXA North Australian Exercise Area
NGO Non-Government Organisation
NOTAM Notice to Airmen
NOTMARS Notice to Mariners
NQLD North Queensland
NSESD National Strategy for Ecologically Sustainable Development
NT Northern Territory
OCE Officer Conducting the Exercise
OHS Occupational Health and Safety
OPSMAN Defence Operations Manual
PER Public Environment Report
PXR Post Exercise Report
Qld Queensland
RAAF Royal Australian Air Force
RAN Royal Australian Navy
RCC Range Control Centre
RE Regional Ecosystem
p 3
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
REO Regional Environment Officer
RNE Register of the National Estate
RSO Range Standing Orders
SEM Senior Environment Manager
SI Standing Instruction
SOP Standard Operating Procedure
SO Standing Order
SUBSAFE US Navy quality assurance system
SQLD South Queensland
SRTA Saumarez Reef Training Area
SWBTA Shoalwater Bay Training Area
TASO Training Area Standing Orders
TASMIS Training Area Safety Management Information System
TFTA Townsville Field Training Area
TS07 Talisman Sabre 2007
TS09 Talisman Sabre 2009
TS11 Talisman Sabre 2011
TS13 Talisman Sabre 2013
UELO Unit Environmental Liaison Officer
US United States
USS United States Ship
VSP(N) Visiting Ships Panel (Nuclear)
WHA World Heritage Area
WTWHA Wet Tropics World Heritage Area
UXO Unexploded Ordnance
p 4
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
During July and August 2013, the Australian Defence Force (ADF) plans to undertake a training exercise known as Exercise Talisman Sabre 2013 (TS13). TS13 will be conducted at designated ADF training facilities in Queensland, possibly the Northern Territory, the Australian Maritime Zones of Territorial Sea and Exclusive Economic Zone (EEZ) and the United States (US). TS13 will be a major exercise involving the Royal Australian Navy, the Royal Australian Air Force and the Australian Army in conjunction with US Armed Forces. The exercise forms part of the ADF’s training program to ensure preparedness for any future deployments and the continued readiness to protect and support Australia and its national interests. It also ensures that Australian and US Forces can work together in an effective and safe manner. In achieving its mission to defend Australia and its national interests, Defence is duly committed and accountable to ensure environmental stewardship is effectively promulgated throughout TS13. This is demonstrated by the actions and culture of exercise participants at all levels. From experience gained in previous exercises and similar activities to TS13, the US Armed Forces and ADF understands and is well prepared to provide the necessary resources, controls and tools required to ensure environmental impacts are avoided where possible, and mitigated to the greatest extent practicable. This experience is also gained from the routine and regular use of Defence’s training facilities, providing a pathway of continual improvement in environmental management for Defence training activity and the management of environmental features and aspects of its training areas.
Public Environment Report (PER)
This Public Environment Report (PER) provides a means of communicating the scope, location, receiving environment and potential impacts of the activities that are currently planned as part of TS13, and the associated environmental mitigation controls that Defence proposes to implement. The PER will not be formally assessed by the Department of Sustainability, Environment, Water, Population and Communities (DSEWPaC) because the activities do not trigger a referral under the EPBC Act. In producing the PER, Defence invites individuals, community groups and other stakeholders to provide comment or discuss particular aspects of concern as the exercise planning for TS13 progresses. This feedback will help Defence in finalising the PER and help to refine the TS13 Environmental Management Plan (EMP) and other environmental controls that will be implemented for the exercise. As described in this PER, Defence has undertaken an environmental review of planned activities for TS13 and is working closely with relevant government stakeholder representatives to ensure possible environmental impacts are identified and actions will be taken to mitigate potential risks and reduce the likelihood and consequence of environmental impacts occurring.
Executive Summary
p 5
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
Actions committed for TS13 are summarised as follows and include: Pre-exercise environmental briefings to all participants that will be involved in the TS13 exercise.
This will be carried out through presentations to participants, display of video awareness information and provisioning of training area environmental awareness cards, issued to each participant in a training area.
Establishment of an exercise-specific Environmental Monitoring Group that will provide support and advice to exercise participants, reinforce environmental controls and procedures, undertake comprehensive pre and post exercise monitoring and review environmental performance as part of post-exercise management.
Enforcement of Exercise Instructions outlining responsibilities for environmental management and responsive actions to be taken to deal with incidents and emergencies that can arise.
Enforcement of existing environmental controls that are provided for each training area within Standing Orders and Environmental Management Plans, and enforcement of Standard Operating Procedures for specific activities, including environment specific procedures, such as the Maritime Activities Environmental Management Plan and Procedure Cards.
Preparation and implementation of an exercise-specific TS13 Environmental Management Plan that will provide clear guidance on responsibilities, environmental management processes and planned controls, including exercise monitoring and incident management.
Public Consultation Process
Defence is committed to ensure community groups and the general public, are well informed of the environmental aspects of staging of major exercises, such as TS13, and the environmental management actions Defence is undertaking for the planning, staging and review of TS13, by: Production and distribution of this PER, via website for electronic access, and distribution of copies
to key government agencies, elected representatives and to all participating libraries, and to individuals upon request.
Receipt of feedback from community groups and individuals on aspects in relation to environmental management for TS13 using the communication channels established.
The consultation period on the draft TS13 PER commenced on 24 September 2012 and is due to conclude on 26 October 2012 (25 working days).
Fact sheets have been developed about the Exercise and PER, activity locations, sustainable environmental measures, environmental controls, legislative requirements, frequently asked questions and the consultation process. These fact sheets and a copy of the draft PER have been distributed to libraries in the Exercise location areas (Rockhampton, Yeppoon, Townsville, Darwin, Canungra and Amberley) in both hard copy and electronic format.
The TS13 PER website was launched on Monday 24 September 2012 and contains the draft PER, fact sheets, maps of the location activities and an online submission facility to allow submissions to be made online.
Defence accordingly invites community groups, government representatives and individuals to take the time to understand the commitments Defence is making to ensure environmental sustainability is a routine part of Defence training.
Building a Knowledge Base
Environmental controls and mitigation measures were developed for risks identified from the environmental risk assessment and workshop. As the majority of activities undertaken for each Talisman Sabre Exercise are routinely undertaken at Defence Training Areas, most controls and mitigation measures are already in place and embedded into training procedures.
p 6
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
The Defence Environmental Strategic Plan identifies the requirement to balance land, sea and air activities necessary to sustain ADF capability, while using a sustainable management approach that preserves a positive legacy for future generations. Defence also values its role as an environmental steward and recognises the importance of perception within the community. An integral component of TS13 is communicating potential environmental impacts associated with the exercise and the proposed environmental management measures to address these. As previously detailed, Defence is undertaking a community consultation program for TS13, which includes a range of activities aimed at ensuring that the consultation process is open and transparent and the community is well informed and aware of channels to provide feedback. Consultation methods include: Community information sessions in Rockhampton and Yeppoon Advertisements in local and state newspapers Information provided on a dedicated website A free-call number for queries Library displays throughout the consultation period The PER is the key component of environmental planning for TS13. The PER provides for the assessment of potential environment and heritage impacts, and informs the development of specific environmental mitigation and management measures to be implemented for the Exercise. These measures may include site preparation to reduce the risk of negative impacts, or specific matters of focus. Environmental planning is an established, integral component of Defence business.
Ongoing Environmental Management of the Defence Estate
Defence is the largest single landholder in the Commonwealth, and maintains a training area estate that includes high value ecological and heritage assets. Many of these areas are now in better condition today than when they were originally acquired, and form a critical part of Defence’s training capability. Defence has recognised that effective environmental management is an important part of successfully undertaking Defence activities for some time. Defence updated the Defence Environmental Policy in 2010, which established clear objectives for the organisation as a whole. This Policy included the approach to meeting Defence’s obligations under Commonwealth environmental legislation and regulations, such as the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation (EPBC) Act, as well as broader environmental management objectives such as energy efficiency. The Shoalwater Bay Training Area (SWBTA) is a critical asset for Defence training due to the capacity to integrate training of naval, air and sea units, as well as the capacity to conduct large scale live fire training exercises. The majority of the TS13 exercise activities will be undertaken in this training area. The continuous and relatively undisturbed nature of SWBTA is the key to both a high value for conservation and Defence training capability. There are many environmental and heritage values at SWBTA which are protected under the EPBC Act. As a result maintaining and improving the environmental and heritage values of SWBTA is seen as a key objective within Defence. In recognition of the unique nature of the area, the Department of Defence prepared a State of the Environment Report in 2008 to provide a compendium of current scientific knowledge and understanding of SWBTA. This is intended to act as a reference document for Defence, regulatory agencies and the general public. This also contributes towards meeting the spirit and objectives of the Management Agreement between Defence and the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority (GBRMPA).
p 7
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
Transparency
Through this PER process, Defence aims to dispel misconceptions and provide clear transparent information to the public on the environmental impacts of the Exercise. Further information is provided by the staffed displays and internet site, during the consultation period. This process also enables members of the public to discuss with Defence, and seek further information on, any environmental matter of specific interest relating to TS13.
Environmental Support during TS13
TS13 is scheduled to involve up to 23,000 military personnel in total, with personnel from both the Australian and US Defence Forces involved, spread throughout a range of training environments in Australia and the US. It should be noted that a relatively small proportion of these will be undertaking field or live firing exercises, with the majority involved in planning, adjudication, support and simulation. Specialist support groups will be used in TS13, in particular the Environmental Monitoring Group to provide environmental advice and support to exercise planners and training control staff. The Environmental Monitoring Group is an integrated Australian-US group comprising military and civilian staff, including engineering, environmental and training area management staff.
Health and Safety during TS13
The management of health and safety aspects is paramount throughout TS13, with the safety of the community, military personnel and the environment of utmost priority. Safety is a command responsibility and the wellbeing and safety of all exercise participants is central to the successful conduct of any combined exercise. Safety of the community is paramount and Defence has numerous procedures in place to ensure that the safety of the general public is maintained during the conduct of all military training including Talisman Sabre. Transport safety and management is also of key concern and a range of measures will be implemented to ensure that vehicles and personnel are transported safely and with the least amount of disruption possible when public roads are being used. To this end, a Traffic Management Plan will be developed and implemented for TS13. In undertaking TS13, ADF and US personnel will be stationed at various locations across central and northern Queensland and possibly the Northern Territory. As such, there will be considerable economic benefits to the local and surrounding regions through spending by the ADF on goods and services.
Post Exercise TS13
The ultimate environmental reporting outcome for TS13 will be the Post-Exercise Environment Report. This report outlines the environmental assessment and planning undertaken particularly prior to the exercise, the environmental management undertaken particularly during the Exercise and the environmental outcomes identified particularly post-Exercise.
Community Consultation Process
The Defence Environmental Policy as outlined in the Defence Environmental Strategic Plan identifies the requirement to balance land, sea and air activities necessary to sustain Defence capability, whilst using a sustainable management approach that preserves a positive legacy for future generations. Defence also values its role as an environmental steward and places a high degree of importance to maintaining its environmental credentials. As such, an integral component of TS13 is the communication of potential environmental impacts associated with the exercise and the proposed environmental management measures to address these areas and any community concerns.
p 8
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
TS13 Community Consultation Checklist
Freecall (1800) exercise information line, reply paid and project email address Advertisements, public facility notices and media releases in local and state newspapers Staffed public displays at Rockhampton and Yeppoon Static public displays throughout the consultation period Feedback forms, Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs), fact sheets and Draft PER available
during the consultation process at numerous locations Key stakeholder mail-outs of information packs and subsequent briefings in Rockhampton,
Yeppoon, Townsville and Darwin A website containing a range of information and allowing for
www.aurecongroup.com/talismansabre2013
.
p 9
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
This Public Environment Report (PER) has been prepared by Aurecon Australia Pty Ltd (Aurecon) for
the Department of Defence (Defence) for Exercise Talisman Sabre 2013 (TS13). TS13 is a major
Australia and United States (US) training exercise that will be conducted at designated ADF training
facilities in Queensland (QLD) and possibly the Northern Territory (NT), within the Australian Maritime
Zones of Territorial Sea and Exclusive Economic Zone and in the US. The exercise involves the Royal
Australian Navy (RAN), the Australian Army (Army), the Royal Australian Air Force (RAAF) and US
Armed Forces. The PER has been undertaken to inform Defence, the Australian public and relevant
stakeholders of potential environmental and heritage issues relating to the conduct of TS13.
A core component of the TS13 exercise is Defence’s commitment to, and communication of,
environmental initiatives that will be employed to manage the potential environmental impacts of the
exercise. Defence is committed to sustainable environmental management which is outlined in the
Environmental Vision contained in the Defence Environmental Strategic Plan as follows.
The Australian Defence Force (ADF) undertakes a range of extensive training activities across
Australia and overseas. These training activities ensure the ADF’s preparedness for deployment of its
people and equipment as directed by the Australian Government. The training activities establish the
continued readiness of the ADF for the protection and support of Australia and its national interests.
An important component of maintaining operational readiness and capability is the ability to conduct
joint and combined exercises between Australian and allied armed forces, such as those of the US.
ADF and US joint combined exercises are regularly conducted in Australia. The largest of these
activities is the biennial Talisman Sabre series of exercises. The first Talisman Sabre exercise was
conducted in 2005 (TS05) and this was repeated in 2007, 2009 and 2011 (TS07, TS09 and TS11).
Prior to the Talisman Sabre series of Exercises, the Tandem Thrust (2001) and Crocodile (2003)
Exercise series were the major bilateral military Exercise conducted with the US military stationed in
the Pacific.
The Talisman Sabre series of Exercises is designed to develop the ADF and US Armed Forces
capability to undertake joint, combined operations and to improve interoperability at the operational
and tactical level. It complements Australia-US allied forces in strengthening proactive and responsive
strategies and enhances measures to defend Australia and its national interests. Both Australia and
the United States have worked hard to remove barriers to interoperability, to ensure that Australian
and US Armed Forces can work together effectively and safely during overseas deployment.
The US is the lead planning nation for TS13, however Australia maintains responsibility for
environmental compliance and obligations pertaining to the Exercise.
1 Introduction
“Defence’s environmental vision is to be a leader in sustainable environmental
management to support Australian Defence Force’s capability to defend
Australia and its national
p 10
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
1.1 Objectives of the PER
The PER comprises a desktop environmental review of existing studies and documentation. The
objectives of the PER are to:
Communicate activities planned as part of the exercise to the Australian public and relevant
stakeholders; and
Outline potential environmental issues and risks associated with conduct of the exercise, and
environmental controls to avoid or minimise potential risks.
Community engagement is a key part of the PER process and consultation with relevant stakeholders
and the public will be undertaken at an early stage of planning the TS13 exercise.
1.2 Methodology of the PER
The focus of the environmental assessment process for the PER has been on continual improvement
for Defence through practical management, that is, building on existing information and addressing
lessons learnt from TS05, TS07, TS09 and TS11. This PER is the latest iteration of a series of
Environmental Impact Assessments that have been undertaken for major exercises. These have
included Tandem Thrust 01, Crocodile 03, TS05, TS07, TS09 and TS11. Due to the similarity in the
nature and extent of training activities proposed for TS13, the PER for TS13 reviews and builds upon
these existing assessments.
The methodology adopted for the PER comprised:
Desktop review of existing environmental studies and reports on past military Exercises
(specifically TS09 and TS11 PER, EMP and Environment Post Exercise Report, Incident Reports
and Environmental Clearance Certificates), relevant training areas, and existing Defence
environmental controls
Gap analysis of new activities and locations proposed for the TS13 Exercise
Identification of environmental values of the key training areas and support sites, focusing on
reviewing existing environmental studies / documentation post completion of the TS11 PER
Review of TS11 risk registers, in accordance with the review of past environmental performance,
to determine adequacy of existing environmental controls and procedures
Initial assessment of potential environmental impacts and risks associated with the conduct of
TS13
Environmental risk assessment using the Defence Major Exercises Risk Assessment Tool to
identify and prioritise risks and mitigation (Appendix B)
Focus meeting and risk assessment workshop with Defence stakeholders (Senior Environment
Managers (SEMs), Regional Environment Officers (REOs), Defence Project Officers (DPOs) and
key Australian Government Stakeholders, the Department of Sustainability, Environment, Water,
Population and Communities (DSEWPaC) and the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority
(GBRMPA), to discuss significant environmental issues and prioritise agreed environmental risks
Recommendations for management and mitigation measures
Defence has an internal environmental impact assessment process in place to consider whether the
environmental impacts of a project are likely to have a significant impact on the environment as defined
under the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act (EPBC Act). This process is
based on the Significant impact guidelines 1.2 - Actions on, or impacting upon, Commonwealth land
and Actions by Commonwealth Agencies, which includes consideration of the Significant impact
guidelines 1.1 – Matters of National Environmental Significance (DSEWPaC, 2010), and has been
followed for the TS13 exercise.
p 11
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
This section provides context of the TS13 exercise in terms of:
Objectives;
Locations and overview of training to be undertaken;
Timing of the exercise; and
An overview of the approach to social and community concerns.
2.1 Exercise Objectives
The primary aim of TS13 is to improve training and interoperability between the Australian and US
Armed Forces at the operational and tactical level. During exercises such as TS13, credible scenarios
are applied so that the Force’s operational strengths and weaknesses, doctrine (governing principles)
and planning and control processes at all levels are tested and evaluated. This supports the
achievement of the principal tasks of the ADF:
Deterring and defeating armed attacks on Australia;
Contributing to stability and security in the South Pacific and East Timor; and
Contributing to military contingencies in the Asia-Pacific region.
2.2 Locations and Overview
TS13 will be conducted at designated Defence training facilities in Queensland the Northern Territory
(NT), the Australian Maritime Zones of Territorial Sea, the Exclusive Economic Zone (EEZ) and the
United States (US).
Figure 1 shows the general locality of training activity planned for TS13. Field Training Exercises
(FTX) and Live Firing Exercises (LFX) will be conducted at the following key sites:
East Australian Range Complex (EARC) including Shoalwater Bay Training Area (SWBTA) and
Townsville Field Training Area (TFTA);
North Australian Range Complex (NARC) including Delamere Range Facility (DRF), Bradshaw
Field Training Area (BFTA) and Mount Bundey Training Area (MBTA); and
Designated marine areas within the Coral, Timor and Arafura Seas (within the Australian Maritime
Zones of Territorial Sea and Exclusive Economic Zone (EEZ).
Support sites, which will be used for staging and minor exercises including:
Port facilities in QLD (Port Townsville, Port Alma, Port Gladstone and Port Brisbane) and NT (Port
Darwin);
RAAF Bases at Darwin, Tindal, Townsville and Amberley for aircraft holding;
Rockhampton and Cairns Airports; and
Defence sites at Townsville, Darwin, Rockhampton and Canungra.
The environmental values for the key training areas and support sites are described in Sections 6.0
and 7.0, respectively.
2 Talisman Sabre 2013 in
Context
GFGF
GF
GFGF
GF
GFGF
GFGF
GFGF
GF
GF
T i m o rS e a
A r a f u r a S e a
Holsworthy
Saumarez ReefTraining Area
RAAF Base Darwin
RAAF Base Tindal
RAAF Base Amberley
RAAF Base Townsville
Canungra Military Area
Delamere Range Facility Cowley Beach Training Area
Mount Bundey Training Area
RockhamptonMulti-User Depot
Shoalwater BayTraining Area
Bradshaw Field Training Area
TownsvilleField Training Area
Figure 1: Defence Facilities with potential Exercise InvolvementPublic Environmental Report Talisman Sabre 2013° 0 100Kilometers
2Version:
P:\GI
S\Proj
ects\
2302
64_T
alism
an_S
abre\
Gene
ral_L
ocali
ty_Ma
p.mxd
24
/08/20
12 14
:19
Notes: Sources: Esri, DeLorme, NAVTEQ, TomTom, USGS, Intermap, iPC, NRCAN, Esri Japan, METI, Esri China (Hong Kong), Esri (Thailand).
Legend
Job No: 230264
Date: 24/08/2012Autho
r: Moo
reNK
Coordinate System: GCS WGS 1984
A4 scale: 1:20,000,000
GF Defence Facilities with potential Exercise Involvement
Eastern Australian Range ComplexNorthern Australian Range Complex
p 13
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
2.3 Weapons and Equipment
The following weapons and equipment (including aircraft, vessels and vehicles) may be utilised during
TS13.
2.3.1 Australian Army
M1A1 Abrams Main Battle Tank
M88A1 Heavy Equipment Recovery Combat Utility Lift and Evacuation System (HERCULES)
Heavy Tank Transporter (HTT)
Truck Tanker Fueler (TTF)
Forward Aircraft Refuelling Park (FARP) Vehicles (tankers)
M113 Armoured Personnel Carrier
ASLAV (Australian Light Armoured Vehicle)
Bushmaster Protected Mobility Vehicle (PMV)
Mercedes Unimog and Land Rover 110 FFR
Various earthmoving equipment
Mack Medium Truck
Mercedes G Wagon
Sikorsky S-70A Blackhawk Helicopter
Boeing CH-47 Chinook Helicopter
Eurocopter ‘Tiger ARH (Armed Reconnaissance Helicopter)
MRH-90 (Multi-Role Helicopter)
Kiowa Light Observation Helicopter (LOH)
Unmanned Aerial Systems (UAS) e.g. RQ-7, Shadow
M777 155mm
L118 105 mm Field Gun
M198 155 mm Howitzer
L16A2 Mortar
RBS-70 (Robotsystem) laser-guided missile system
Javelin
Carl-Gustav 84 mm multi-role recoilless rifle
Various small arms (including Austeyr F88)
AllTerrain Vehicles (ATV)
2.3.2 Royal Australian Air Force
Boeing C-17 Globemaster III
Lockheed C-130J Hercules
McDonnell Douglas F/A 18A / F/A 18B Hornet
Boeing F/A 18F Super Hornet
Lockheed P3 Orion
Boeing 737 AEW&C (Airborne Early Warning and Control) Wedgetail
Pilatus PC-9 Forward Air Control
Beechcraft King Air
Joint Direct Attack Munition (JDAM)
Bushmaster Protected Mobility Vehicle (PMV)
Mercedes Unimog and Land Rover 110 FFR
Various small arms (including Austeyr F88)
KC-30 tanker aircraft
Hawk 127 aircraft
p 14
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
114MCRU cabins and support vehicles (Mercedes-Benz heavy rigid trucks, L110 and white fleet
vehicles
Tactical Air Defence Radar System (Radar plus Mercedes-Benz heavy rigid trucks and tanker
vehicle
2.3.3 Royal Australian Navy
ANZAC Class Frigate
Adelaide Class Guided Missile Frigate
Heavy Landing Ship (HMAS Tobruk)
HMAS Choules (L100) Bay Class Landing Ship Dock
Huon Class Minehunter
Armidale Class Patrol Boat
Fleet Oiler (HMAS Sirius)
Dual Stores Replenishment Vessel (HMAS Success)
Landing Craft (LCM)
MRH-90 (Multi-Role Helicopter)
Sikorsky S-70B Seahawk
Eurocopter Squirrel
2.3.4 US Air Force
Lockheed Martin / Boeing F22 Raptor
Boeing KC-135 Stratotanker
Boeing B52 Stratofortress
Boeing C17 Globemaster III
Boeing V-22 Osprey
Lockheed C5 Galaxy
Gulfstream
Lockheed MC-130 Hercules
2.3.5 US Navy
Nimitz Class Aircraft Carrier
Ticonderoga Class Guided Missile Cruiser
Arleigh-Burke Class Destroyer
Wasp Class Amphibious Assault Ship
Austin Class Amphibious Transport Dock
Harpers Ferry Class Dock Landing Ship
Safeguard Class Salvage Ship
Oliver Hazard Perry Class Frigate
Los Angeles Class Submarine
Ohio Class Submarine
McDonnell Douglas F/A 18 Hornet
Boeing F/A 18 E/F Super Hornet
Northrop Grumman EA-6B Prowler
Grumman C-2 Greyhound
Northrop Grumman E-2 Hawkeye AWACS (Airborne Warning and Control System)
Lockheed P3-C Orion
Sikorsky SH-60 / HH-60 Seahawk Helicopter
p 15
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
2.3.6 US Marine Corps
M1A1 Abrams Main Battle Tank (MBT)
High Mobility Multipurpose Wheeled Vehicle (HMMWV)
LAV-25 Light Armoured Vehicle
AAV-7A1 Amphibious Assault Vehicle
Landing Craft Air Cushion (LCAC) (hovercraft)
M198 155 mm Howitzer
M203 40 mm Grenade Launcher
MK 19 40 mm Automatic Grenade Launcher
M224 60 mm Mortar
M252 81 mm Mortar
Shoulder Launched Multipurpose Assault Weapon (SMAW)
AT4 84 mm unguided, portable, single-shot recoilless smoothbore weapon
Various small arms including M16 Assault Rifle
McDonnell Douglas AV-8B Harrier II
Lockheed KC-130 Hercules
Sikorsky CH-53 Sea Stallion Helicopter
Boeing Vertol CH-46 Sea Knight
Boeing V-22 Osprey
Bell AH-1 Super Cobra Helicopter
Bell UH-1N Twin Huey Helicopter
Unmanned Aerial Systems (e.g. RQ-7 Shadow, Scan Eagle)
McDonnell Douglas F/A 18 Hornet
2.4 Participants
TS13 is scheduled to involve up to 23,000 military personnel in total, with personnel from both the
Australian and US Defence Forces involved, spread throughout a range of training environments in
Australia and the US. It should be noted that a relatively small proportion of these will be undertaking
field or live firing exercises, with the majority involved in planning, adjudication, support and
simulation. Participants will be distributed across a number of geographic locations in Australia (at
land, sea and in the air) and the US. Naval activity will occur within the Australian Maritime Zones of
the Territorial Sea and Exclusive Economic Zone (EEZ).
The US Marine Forces - Pacific (MARFORPAC), working with Headquarters Joint Operations
Command, will provide significant input for the planning of TS13. Australian participants will include
members of the Army, Navy and Air Force, as well as dedicated Defence personnel to manage the
conduct of the exercise including the environment. As part of exercise planning, Australia will retain
the lead in the management of environmental and safety-related aspects.
Specialist support groups will be used in TS13, in particular the Environmental Monitoring Group to
provide environmental advice and support to exercise planners and training control staff. The
Environmental Monitoring Group is an integrated Australian-US group comprising military and civilian
staff, including engineering, environmental and training area management staff.
p 16
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
2.5 Description of Activities
2.5.1 Training in East Australia Range Complex
At Shoalwater Bay Training Area exercises are likely to involve a combination of amphibious landing,
parachute insertion, land force manoeuvre, urban operations and extensive fixed and rotary wing
flying operations.
Using designated areas within Shoalwater Bay Training Area, troops will practice the coordinated firing
of live ammunition from a range of weapon systems delivered from land, air and maritime platforms.
As with other training areas, the impact of live ammunition is carefully controlled and is routinely
performed at Shoalwater Bay Training Area outside the Talisman Sabre series of exercises. At
Townsville Field Training Area, training is likely to involve a combination of land force manoeuvres,
coordinated firing of live ammunition, and fixed and rotary wing flying operations. At Cowley Beach
Training Area this may consist of force preparation activities and may involve rehearsal of an
amphibious landing prior to maritime transit to Shoalwater Bay Training Area.
2.5.2 North Australian Range Complex
Limited activities are likely to occur in Northern Australian Range Complex. Some activities may occur
in the Bradshaw Field Training Area in the lead up to the TS13 exercise. These low level training
activities will be similar to the usual activities which occur within the Bradshaw Field Training Area. In
addition the use of some aircraft may occur in the Northern Australian Range Complex.
2.5.3 Training in Maritime Areas
A substantial component of TS13 will occur at sea, with forces distributed over the Coral, Timor and
Arafura Seas within the Australian Maritime Zones of the Territorial Sea and Exclusive Economic
Zone. This may include anti-surface, anti-air and anti-submarine warfare training, use of sonobuoys to
locate submarines, use of sonar for sub-surface vessel detection, clearance diving and logistics
training at sea including mid-frequency active sonar. Naval gun and missile firing (sea to sea and sea
to land) will also be exercised.
Saumarez Reef, a dedicated training area within the Coral Sea, is likely to be used during TS13 for
aircraft live fire practice.
2.6 Proposed Timing of TS13
Planning is at an advanced level for TS13, with a series of planning activities occurring and dedicated
Australian and US staff focusing on the execution of the exercise. The main training event in TS13 is
due to occur during the period 15 July to 6 August 2013, with consolidation and preparation of force
elements commencing prior to the more intensive periods of training. Pre and post-exercise
administration will occur around these dates.
2.7 Health and Safety
The management of health and safety aspects is paramount throughout TS13, with the safety of the
community, military personnel and the environment of utmost priority. Safety is a command
responsibility and the wellbeing and safety of all exercise participants is central to the successful
conduct of any combined exercise.
p 17
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
Harmonisation of Australian health and safety legislation occurred on 1 January 2012. The Health
and Safety Act 2011 applies to all members of the ADF and Australian Public Service and replaces
the previous Occupational Health and Safety (Commonwealth Employment) Act 1991. All personnel
involved in planning and conducting TS13 holds duties and responsibilities under the Health and
Safety Act 2011.
The relevant codes of practices developed under the Act will be referred to during the exercise, as it is
acknowledged that there are inherent risks in the type of activities that Defence undertakes. In addition
a Risk Management Plan will be developed and control measures implemented to identify and
manage inherent risks required by the exercise.
Many safety aspects are addressed through TS13 exercise constraints and existing ADF
documentation including Range Standing Orders, Training Area Standing Orders and Standard
Operating Procedures. These documents include information on:
Dangers of heat, such as dehydration, heat cramps and exhaustion;
Sun and sunburn, which can result in skin cancer;
Wildlife and the presence of dangerous animals including crocodiles, sharks, marine stingers, feral
pigs, scorpions, spiders and snakes;
Insects such as sandflies, mosquitoes and ticks;
Vehicle speed limits; and
Emergency response / incident procedures.
Additionally, safety of the community is paramount and Defence has numerous procedures in place to
ensure that the safety of the general public is maintained during the conduct of all military training
including Talisman Sabre.
All weapons have safety templates that must be contained within designated Training Areas and
Defence Practice Areas. Considerable security arrangements will be in place to discourage
unauthorised entry to the Training Area during live firing exercises. Additionally, procedures are in
place for Notice to Airmen (NOTAM) and Notice to Mariners (NOTMAR) which are issued to close air
and maritime space while training areas and ranges are active.
Transport safety and management is also of key concern and a range of measures will be
implemented to ensure that vehicles and personnel are transported safely and with the least amount of
disruption possible when public roads are being used. To this end, a Traffic Management Plan will be
developed and implemented for TS13.
Addressing specific OH&S aspects are outside of the scope of the PER and are not discussed further.
2.8 Social and Economic Aspects
In undertaking TS13, ADF and US personnel will be stationed at various locations across central and
northern Queensland and the Northern Territory. As such, there will be considerable economic
benefits to the local and surrounding regions through spending by the ADF on goods and services. In
support of TS11, for example, the ADF spent the following amounts (AUD), by area, on local goods
and services:
Over AUD 4 million in the Rockhampton area
Over AUD 200,000 in the Townsville area
Over AUD 235,000 in the Darwin area
There will also be local area spending by individual Australian and US personnel during recreational
leave. Such spending can result in positive economic benefits to communities from support to retail
and entertainment entities.
p 18
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
The potential for anti-social behaviour by off-duty personnel is recognised. Australian and US
personnel are subject to Australian civil law and Australian Military law in regards to behaviour
including while not on duty – i.e. on leave. US forces are also subject to US military rules and
regulations. Unacceptable behaviour by ADF or by US personnel will not be tolerated. Personnel who
break civil or military regulations will be disciplined.
Social and economic aspects are not detailed in the PER process. These matters are raised and
considered as part of overall Exercise planning and personnel management.
2.9 Information Regarding Common Perceptions
Defence is mindful of its responsibilities to manage its properties with respect for the natural
environment. Public perceptions of the potential impacts on the environment as a result of Defence
activities, and particularly large exercises such as TS13, may be influenced by inaccurate or biased
information. Such information may be propagated by individuals or groups, through a variety of
channels, in support of their own interests or views.
Through this PER process, Defence aims to dispel misconceptions and provide clear transparent
information to the public on the environmental impacts of the Exercise. Further information is provided
by the staffed displays and internet site, during the consultation period. This process also enables
members of the public to discuss with Defence, and seek further information on, any environmental
matter of specific interest relating to TS13.
The following perceptions or areas of interests of the public have been identified from previous TS
Exercises and knowledge of local matters. A response to each of these perceptions is also provided
Table 1 | TS13 Common Perceptions and Response
TS13 Common Perceptions and Associated Information
Perception Talisman Sabre 2013 Response
Risk to public safety
Safety, including of the public, is a key interest to Defence.
Existing restrictions and exclusions of public access to military properties (land) will be enforced during TS13. This enforcement will be as appropriate to the location – such as the clear identification of site boundaries and monitoring/patrols.
Temporary restrictions and exclusions of access to sea (maritime) and airspace will be imposed – and will generally involve the activation of existing as-required restrictions. These are clearly defined and advised through formal channels, in association with State Government Maritime organisations, AMSA and Airservices Australia, as Notices.
Traffic on public roads
There will be movement of military personnel, in considerable numbers, between bases and training areas. This movement, mainly as convoys, will include travel on public roads.
Where possible, the ADF will minimise the disruption to known busy periods on roads, and to manage the movement of slow moving vehicles and convoys.
Movement of vehicles on public roads will be undertaken in strict compliance with traffic regulations and Defence Standard Operating Procedures.
A traffic management plan will be implemented to facilitate the movement of military vehicles including on public roads.
p 19
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
TS13 Common Perceptions and Associated Information
Perception Talisman Sabre 2013 Response
Environmental degradation – land based
Defence aims to prevent and minimise the potential for environmental
degradation due to the TS Exercise activities. This aim is enacted through
the application of its Environmental Policy and the application of
Environmental Management Plans and Standing Orders, education of
personnel, allocating responsibility for areas, and environmental assessment
and management. These tools are employed in the planning, preparation,
undertaking and completion of land-based activities.
Prior to commencing, and on conclusion of each TS Exercise, locations
requiring remediation are identified and work is undertaken. The pre-
Exercise remediation is to ensure the Exercise does not worsen any existing
environmental degradation – including natural – while post-Exercise
remediation is to redress impacts or damage caused during the Exercise.
The majority of remediation works required following TS11 were for repair of
roads and tracks.
Individual military units are responsible for cleaning up their area of activity
prior to vacating the site.
A dedicated Environmental Monitoring Group will be established for TS13, as
has been in previous Exercises. This Group has overall responsibility for
enforcing and implementing control measures, overseeing responses to
incident management and arranging monitoring of environmental conditions
prior to and post the Exercise. This group will work to improve incident
response and control measures following lessons learnt from TS11.
During TS11, military personnel were trained in and provided mobile data
collection devices with an Environmental Inspection Application through
which data was collected and uploaded remotely. This enabled daily reports
and images of environmental information for more rapid review and
management of any impacts than was possible in previous Exercises. A
similar mobile data collection application will be used during TS13.
Environmental degradation – marine and coastal based
Great Barrier Reef Marine Park
Defence aims to prevent and minimise the potential for environmental
degradation due to the TS Exercise activities. This aim is enacted through
the application of the Defence Environmental Policy and the application of
Environmental Management Plans, the education of personnel, handbooks,
protocol cards and environmental assessment and management. These tools
are employed in the planning, preparation, execution and completion of
maritime activities.
Military activities for TS13 are undertaken in designated and defined locations
of the ocean.
There has been extensive consultation between the ADF and the GBRMPA,
past and continuing, to identify and minimise impacts on that marine
environment as associated with this Exercise and with Military activities more
broadly. The GBRMPA was represented in discussions for the preparation of
this PER.
p 20
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
TS13 Common Perceptions and Associated Information
Perception Talisman Sabre 2013 Response
Cetaceans and marine mammals
Sonar impacts
Injury
Other marine species
Both Active and Passive Sonar will be used by Australian Navy and US Navy as part of TS13. The respective Naval forces have operational protocols for their respective sonar systems that will be applied during the Exercise, and for environmental management of maritime activities.
Both Australia and the US take the protection of marine mammals from underwater sound sources very seriously.
All TS13 Anti-submarine warfare exercises, which use mid-frequency active sonar, will be conducted far out to sea in deep water and away from known concentrations of whales or those seabed features likely to attract whales.
Both Australian and US operational procedures require vessels equipment to be powered down or shut down if whales are sighted and move too close to vessels.
The risks to dugong populations, particularly near SWBTA, is considered low as Exercise activities will be focused on areas separate from the seagrass beds in which these mammals tend to concentrate to feed.
A visual survey of ocean areas will be undertaken, prior to any military activities, to identify present large mammals such as whales, dugongs and dolphins and take action to minimise the risk of harm to them.
Given the steps that will be in place as part of routine management and specific responses, the risk of marine mammals being adversely affected by maritime activities is considered low.
Other marine species such as fish are likely to swim away from areas of unnatural disturbance such as vessel motor noise.
The potential for harm to fish and other small marine species is considered low given their size, volume of water, flight response to perceived threat and limited area of ocean to be affected by TS13.
Waste – including pollution, spills and general rubbish
Land based
Marine based
Land Based
Waste and pollution generated on-land is contained during the Exercise and removed from the site and disposed of appropriately. Waste management is captured in Environmental Management Plans and Standing Orders.
The ADF has established processes and procedures for responding to any spills and/or contamination that may occur. These are also to be reported as soon as identified with follow-up actions including any clean-up and/or remediation.
Marine Based
Maritime vessels with in-built capability will treat waste water and release treated water into designated ocean areas. Waste water will be held within the vessel until reaching a designated release area.
Vessels that do not have treatment capability will hold waste water until reaching a suitable location – such as port – to pump out wastes.
The ADF has established processes and procedures for responding to any spills and/or contamination that may occur. These are also to be reported with follow-up actions.
p 21
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
TS13 Common Perceptions and Associated Information
Perception Talisman Sabre 2013 Response
Construction works of permanent or temporary facilities
No permanent facilities will be constructed during the Exercise.
Temporary facilities will be established – including tent accommodation and portable toilets. These temporary facilities will be dismantled (where required) and removed on conclusion of the Exercise.
Remediation of affected sites to reduce evidence of facilities will be undertaken as required.
All other materials and equipment taken onto the properties is to be removed as far as possible. The only materials that may not be removed from the property are those which are not able to be recovered immediately. This may include lost equipment and/or spent projectiles or shrapnel located in a restricted location. Such items should be recovered at a later date as part of routine range maintenance and remediation activities.
Use of new technologies and equipment. Includes:
Weapons
Vehicles
Equipment
Facilities
‘New’ within Exercise TS refers to technology and equipment that has not previously been used during TS Exercises. As such, the Exercise is to test the operation and functioning of that equipment in collaboration with other known technology and equipment. The key outcome of the exercise, including this testing, is to test inter-operability of US and Australian systems and of personnel activities including training and response.
No equipment or technology will be introduced during the Exercise that has not already undergone substantial testing and introduced into service by its respective nation’s military force.
Noise affecting people – sources being:
Aircraft
Munitions (explosive detonation to small arms fire)
Land vehicles
The Exercise will involve aircraft, vehicles and munitions based activities – all of which generate noise that propagates beyond the immediate activity location. The noise impacts will depend on location, generating force and characteristics (duration, volume and whether continuous or single ‘bang’).
Defence recognises that noise, of any source and characteristic, can be an issue for people. Where possible, Defence will schedule noise-generating activities appropriately (for example minimal night / early morning activities affecting residences), to provide advance notification of activities to communities, and to consider location of an activity in relation to surrounding land uses.
Depleted uranium munitions
Depleted uranium munitions will not be used during TS13. Depleted uranium munitions are not part of the ADF inventory of equipment or supplies. The use of depleted uranium munitions is not permitted by foreign forces in Australia.
p 22
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
TS13 Common Perceptions and Associated Information
Perception Talisman Sabre 2013 Response
Nuclear powered vessels
Nuclear weapons
Nuclear powered submarines and nuclear powered aircraft carriers of the US military will participate in TS13. The locations of activities for these vessels will be specified and limited to those locations. Radiation testing will be undertaken at those ports visited by nuclear powered vessels before, during and after TS13.
Members of the US Navy operating nuclear powered vessels have a high record of safety and professionalism. The last accident involving a US Navy vessel was in 2005 when the USS San Francisco submarine collided with an undersea mountain (not fully charted) near Guam. The forward elements of the vessel were damaged but the hull was not breached and the nuclear elements were not damaged.
The US Navy has implemented the quality assurance system SUBSAFE in the operation of its nuclear powered vessels.
Nuclear weapons will not be used during TS13.
Environmental compliance by US military personnel
US military personnel undertaking any activities within Australia are bound by both Australian regulatory requirements, including environmental law and Defence regulations, and by US military environmental rules and regulations.
US Military personnel will be required to undergo environmental awareness training prior to deploying to a Defence property. This training may include:
General and/or site specific Inductions; DVD viewing; Cards; Exercise instructions and orders; and Unit and Group briefings.
Defence Training Areas, are governed by Standing Orders that include requirement to manage environmental impacts. Non-compliance with these Orders may result in disciplinary action.
There have been no major breaches of environmental regulations by US Military personnel during any of the previous four Talisman Sabre exercises.
General concerns
Military activities generally
US Forces
It is not the intent of this PER to justify the undertaking of military training and joint military Exercises of the Australian Defence Force with US Forces.
It does recognise however that there are concerns and preconception of the public on undertaking such activities – and the broad social, governance (political) and economic environments this impacts upon.
This PER is to recognise the impact on the natural environments – land and marine – due to TS13. The social and economic impacts are noted. However, these impacts are somewhat separate due to the designated and limited influence of the Exercise given its undertaking on Defence land.
The Government (political) environments for the Exercise are managed and addressed by the Australian Department of Defence and the Australian Minister for Defence.
p 23
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
This section outlines the legislative and policy framework that is relevant to the TS13 exercise. In
particular, the overarching environmental legislation governing Defence activities and impacts, the
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 (EPBC Act) is described below.
3.1 Commonwealth Legislation
The Australian Government has extensive legislative powers with respect to the environment, which
are applicable to the management of Defence activities, on both Defence and non-Defence land. The
EPBC Act in particular has specific provisions for actions taken by Australian Government agencies and
actions on Commonwealth land.
The EPBC Act is Australia’s national environmental legislation, and in areas outside of Commonwealth
areas it provides an additional level of environmental protection complementing local and State
legislation. Outside of Commonwealth areas the EPBC Act is designed to complement local and State
legislation, and as a result focused on Matters of National Environmental Significance (MNES). These
MNES matters include:
World Heritage Areas;
National Heritage Places;
Wetlands of international importance (Ramsar wetlands);
Nationally threatened species and ecological communities;
Commonwealth marine areas;
the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park;
Migratory Species; and
Nuclear Actions.
The trigger for assessment and approval under the EPBC Act is whether a proposed action has a
significant impact on these NES matters. The Commonwealth has produced a wide range of guidance
on what constitutes a significant impact, including specific advice for each NES matter. These
guidelines are available at http://www.environment.gov.au/epbc/guidelines-policies.html.
Actions by Commonwealth agencies (such as Defence) and actions within Commonwealth areas,
including Defence Bases and Training Areas that will host the majority of activities during the TS13
exercise, the matter protected is the environment in its entirety. As a result the focus of
environmental assessment and impact mitigation planning will be on protecting the integrity of all
environmental assets and ecological processes.
Defence activities that are likely to have a significant impact on a matter of national environmental
significance and/or are likely to have a significant impact on the environment, require approval by the
Minister for Sustainability, Environment, Water, Population and Communities.
Defence is required to comply with the EPBC Act to ensure protection of the environment and heritage.
Other relevant Commonwealth environment and heritage legislation for the TS13 exercise includes:
Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Heritage Protection Act 1984
Australian Heritage Council Act 2003
Australian Maritime Transport Safety Authority Act 1990
3 Legislative and Policy
Framework
p 24
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
Defence Act 1903 and Defence Regulations 1952
Environment Protection (Sea Dumping) Act 1981
Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Act 1975
Hazardous (Regulation of Exports and Imports) Waste Act 1989
Native Title Act 1993
Protection of the Sea (Civil Liability) Act 1981
Protection of the Sea (Powers of Intervention) Act 1981
Protection of the Sea (Prevention of Pollution from Ships) Act 1983
Quarantine Act 1908
Wet Tropics of Queensland World Heritage Area Conservation Act 1994
Further information regarding Australian Government environmental and heritage legislation can be
found on the Comlaw website http://www.comlaw.gov.au which is administered by the Australian
Attorney-General’s Department.
3.1.1 Changes to Legislation since TS11
In the time since the previous Talisman Sabre Exercise in 2011 there have been several changes to
the matters protected under the EPBC Act. In particular there is on-going work to refine the
understanding of species habitat and ecology, and this is reflected in on-going changes to the
mapping of existing listed species and the addition of new listings.
The most significant change in the listing of threatened species and ecological communities in the
areas covered by TS13 has been the listing of Koala (Phascolarctos cinereus). Populations of Koala
in Queensland, NSW and the ACT were listed as vulnerable on 2 May 2012, and indicative habitat
distribution maps have been produced showing potential habitat within Shoalwater Bay Training Area.
Other changes to listings include:
Northern Quoll (Dasyurus hallucatus); and
Brigalow Belt Reptiles.
To manage this on-going process of updates, the Department of Sustainability, Environment, Water
Population and Communities (DSEWPaC) maintains a Protected Matters Search Tool
(http://www.environment.gov.au/epbc/pmst/index.html) in the form of an online database. This tool
allows for specific areas to be checked for all matters that may be covered by the EPBC Act. These
tools have been used to identify additional listed areas and these have been incorporated into the
assessment of potential impacts for each of the Defence’s sites covered by the TS13 exercise.
3.1.1.1 Proposed Coral Sea Marine Park
The Australian Government proposes to proclaim a new Coral Sea Commonwealth Marine Reserve
over an area of 989 842 square kilometres adjacent to the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park. The new
Coral Sea Reserve will replace the existing Coral Sea Conservation Zone, providing a greater level of
protection to the conservation and heritage values of the area. The new Marine Reserve will
contribute to the National Representative System of Marine Protected Areas which aims to ensure the
ecological viability of marine and estuarine systems, maintain ecological systems and processes and
protect biological diversity. The proposed Marine Reserve will have six zones with varying levels of
protection from general use including tourism, aquaculture and some commercial fishing, to strictly
protected ‘no-take’ nature reserves.
In framing the reserve proposal, the Government considered the central role played by Defence in
managing Australia’s offshore marine areas and island territories through surveillance, hydrographic
survey, transport, search and rescue, and where required, deterrence and enforcement. Defence
activities, including training exercises in offshore marine areas may require shipping or aircraft
manoeuvres and transit through marine protected areas.
p 25
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
The environmental effects of all such activities are managed under the Defence Environmental
Management System, in particular the RAN Maritime Activities Environmental Management Plan and
the RAAF Air Operations Environmental Management Plan.
All six zones in the proposed Coral Sea Marine Reserve will permit general transit shipping and
Defence activities. The TS13 activities are not expected to impact on the environmental values of the
Marine Reserve.
3.1.2 State of the Environment 2008 Report - SWBTA
The Shoalwater Bay Training Area (SWBTA) is a critical asset for Defence training due to the capacity
to integrate training of naval, air and sea units, as well as the capacity to conduct large scale and live
fire training exercises. The large scale, continuous and relatively undisturbed nature of SWBTA is the
key to both a high value for conservation and Defence training capability. Parts of SWBTA are within
the boundary of the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park and World Heritage Area, which are protected
under the EPBC Act. As a result maintaining and improving the environmental and heritage values of
SWBTA is seen as a key objective within Defence.
In recognition of the unique nature of the area, the Department of Defence prepared a State of the
Environment Report in 2008 to provide a compendium of current scientific knowledge and
understanding of SWBTA. This is intended to act as a reference document for Defence, regulatory
agencies and the general public. This also contributes towards meeting the spirit and objectives of the
Management Agreement between Defence and the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority
(GBRMPA).
The Report follows the format recommended by the United Nations Environment Program (UNEP) to
maintain consistency with other State of the Environment Reports prepared at the National and State
level. The State of the Environment Report provides a baseline for tracking environmental changes
over time. In the context of environmental impact assessment under the EPBC Act the report is useful
in assessing the potential for Defence specific actions to impact on the environment, and separating
these from changes in the broader landscape. This is particularly important, as many of the key
environmental assets (such as migratory wading birds and Dugong) range well outside the boundaries
of SWBTA.
Shoalwater Bay – land clearing in 1964 Shoalwater Bay – forest recovery in 2005
(Source: State of the Environment Report for Shoalwater Bay Training Area, 2008)
p 26
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
3.2 State Legislation
Defence aims to comply with State, Territory and local government legislation and policies, to the
extent that these do not conflict with Commonwealth legislative obligations or unacceptably
compromise operational objectives or capability.
TS13 will be conducted at a number of locations throughout Queensland and possibly the Northern
Territory. State and Territory environment and heritage legislation that may be relevant includes:
3.2.1 Queensland
Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Act 2003
Coastal Protection and Management Act 1995 and the Queensland Coastal Plan 2012
Environmental Protection Act 1994 and Environmental Protection Policies (Water, Noise, Air and
Waste Management)
Fisheries Act 1994
Land Protection (Stock and Pest Route Management) Act 2002
Marine Parks Act 2004
Nature Conservation Act 1992 and associated regulations
Queensland Heritage Act 1992
Vegetation Management Act 1999
Water Act 2000
Wet Tropics Heritage Protection and Management Act 1993 and Wet Tropics Management Plan
1998
Further information regarding Queensland legislation can be found on the Office of the Queensland
Parliamentary Counsel: http://www.legislation.qld.gov.au/OQPChome.htm.
3.2.2 Northern Territory
Northern Territory Aboriginal Sacred Sites Act 2006
Bushfires Act 2004
Dangerous Goods Act
Environmental Assessment Act 1994
Environmental Offences and Penalties Act 1996
Environmental Protection Authority Act 2007
Environmental Protection (National Pollutant Inventory) Objective
Fisheries Act 1988
Heritage Conservation Act 2008
Marine Pollution Act 2004
Soil Conservation and Land Utilisation Act 2001
Territory Parks and Wildlife Conservation Act 2009
Waste Management and Pollution Control Act 2009
Water Act 2008
Weeds Management Act 2001
Further information regarding Northern Territory legislation can be found on the Northern Territory
Government Department of the Chief Minister website:
http://www.nt.gov.au/dcm/legislation/current.html.
p 27
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
3.3 Defence Policy
3.3.1 Defence Environmental Policy
Defence is the largest single landholder in the Commonwealth, and maintains a training area
estate that includes high value ecological and heritage assets. Many of these areas are now in
better condition today than when they were originally acquired, and form a critical part of
Defence’s training capability.
Defence has recognised that effective environmental management is an important part of
successfully undertaking Defence activities for some time. Defence developed the Defence
Environmental Policy in 2005 to create clear objectives for the organisation as a whole. This Policy
included the approach to meeting Defence’s obligations under Commonwealth environmental
legislation and regulations such as the EPBC Act, as well as broader environmental management
objectives such as energy efficiency.
In 2010, the Secretary for the Department of Defence and the Chief of the Defence Force endorsed
the Defence Environmental Strategic Plan 2010-2014 (‘the Plan’). The Plan transitions from an issues
based approach contained in the Defence Environmental Policy towards an activities-based approach,
with specific objectives, commitments and performance metrics. The overall vision within the Plan is:
“Defences will be a leader in sustainable environmental management to support the ADF’s capability
to defend Australia and its interests.”
The Plan includes a recommitment to the Defence Policy Objectives, which are:
1) To implement innovative best practice approaches to environmental management that achieve
Defence and stakeholder requirements.
2) To integrate sustainable environmental management, including resource efficiency and
pollution prevention, into Defence activities, business processes and decisions.
3) To establish clear lines of accountability for environmental outcomes.
4) To raise the environmental awareness of Defence personnel through education, training and
ready access to necessary information.
5) To measure and report environmental performance as a part of a process of continual
improvement.
6) To create a climate of transparency and establish strategic partnerships with key
environmental stakeholders.
Actions to meet these objectives have been implemented or are being implemented at all levels
throughout Defence, reflecting the values and expectations of the Government and the community.
The Plan includes goals and commitments that are directly relevant to TS13. In particular, the sections
of the Plan dealing with ADF Training and Operations state that Defence will:
Ensure that the environmental impacts associated with major training activities and operations, in
which the ADF is involved, both domestically and overseas, are appropriately considered and
managed in accordance with Government and Defence Policies; and
Improve post activity reporting to include environmental considerations, including through use of
the Training Area Safety Management Information System (TASMIS).
The preparation of this PER document is a direct result of this commitment, and the implementation of
the second commitment was completed for TS11 through a post-exercise environmental report, and will
be a key feature of environmental controls for TS13. Specific performance metrics against this area
include no incidents constituting a significant environmental impact under the EPBC Act, as well as
monitoring and investigation of all non-conformances with environmental protection measures (such as
Range Standing Orders).
p 28
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
For the management of the Defence Estate, the Plan also carries the commitment that Defence will:
Manage land, air, sea across all sites to ensure that it is fit for ADF purposes, and maintains
habitats, landscapes and other cultural and heritage values. This includes managing threatening
processes such as erosion, bushfires and biosecurity risks.
This commitment is reflected in the risk based approach contained in this PER and related
Environmental Management Plans, including specific coverage of the threatening processes identified
above.
In addition, Defence manages a large number of places with identified and potential heritage value,
and is committed to balancing its operational and capability requirements with sound heritage
management. To this end the Defence Heritage and Biodiversity Conservation Section within the
Defence Environment and Engineering (EE) Branch has been established to manage heritage issues
across the Defence Estate. A Defence Heritage Toolkit has been developed to assist this process,
including the Defence Heritage Strategy. These can be accessed from:
http://www.defence.gov.au/environment/heritage.htm
3.3.2 Sustainable Training Area Management
The requirement for sustainable environmental management is integrated into exercise planning and
conduct, both on a daily training basis as well as larger joint and combined exercises that occur more
infrequently. Everyday environmental management practices to manage on-going activities on Defence
training areas such as Shoalwater Bay Training Area and Townsville Field Training Area are included
in Standing Orders which must be complied with. The Environment Officers oversee a number of
environmental management initiatives, from flora and fauna management to conservation of natural
resources including energy and water. They also provide on-going environmental management advice
and guidance to personnel and contractors.
Standing Orders prescribe safety measures and environmental considerations to be observed by all
users of Defence training areas. It is mandatory that all unit commanders and exercise participants
carry out their training activities in accordance with the conditions defined in the relevant Standing
Orders, and in the Environmental Clearance Certificate for the particular activity and location. Standing
Orders are enforced on all Defence training areas, and both the ADF and the US Defence Force are
required to adhere to conditions defined in the relevant Standing Orders as reflected in the Joint
Statement of Environment and Heritage Principles (refer Section 3.3.3).
Guidance relating to processes to be employed in the planning and conduct of ADF exercises has
been developed. ADF Doctrine (Defence Instructions) is applied to both major joint or combined
exercises as well as smaller exercises where applicable.
The key goal of the doctrine is to provide guidance on responsibilities and reporting in relation to
prevention, mitigation and management measures to avoid environmental incidents and impacts.
3.3.3 Joint Statement of Environment and Heritage Principles
In November 2005, the Chief of the Defence Force, Air Chief Marshal Angus Houston and Commander
United States Pacific Command Admiral William J Fallon signed the historic Statement of Environment
and Heritage Principles. A copy of the Joint Statement is provided in Appendix A. The statement
acknowledges the importance of managing and using training areas sustainably. It demonstrates that
Australia and the US are committed to promoting a strong culture of sustainable environmental
management in all combined military activities. The principles encourage a high-quality and continual
improvement approach to the planning and conduct of Australian and US combined military activities.
p 29
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
The principles incorporate:
Environmental protection for current and future generations;
Ecologically sustainable development principles;
Understanding of environmental and heritage obligations and responsibilities;
Requirements to meet relevant obligations;
A commitment to a ‘continual improvement’ approach;
Impact mitigation for activities that may affect neighbouring landowners and communities;
A cooperative approach with relevant stakeholders where appropriate; and
Environmental impact management at the earliest stage of planning.
As the Field Training Exercise will be conducted in Australia, the ADF maintains the lead role in terms
of environmental management of the exercise, with HQJOC personnel supported by personnel from
Environment and Engineering Branch, who are responsible for all environmental approval, compliance
and obligations in relation to the exercise.
3.3.4 Defence Climate Change Policy
Defence aims to reduce greenhouse gas emissions across its broad range of activities. Defence’s
Combat Climate Change initiative aims to increase awareness of climate change and greenhouse gas
emissions, and how individual actions can make a difference.
In a supporting capacity, Defence has a greenhouse gas reduction and energy saving strategy that is
part of its climate change program. Under its Combat Climate Change program, Defence has
committed to reducing energy and water use, minimising waste, enhancing recycling programs, and
implementing an on-going awareness and behavioural change program in its offices and on its bases.
The key elements of this program are communicated to exercise participants as part of the
environmental awareness induction briefings for appropriate application in field situations.
The modern military equipment used in a major exercise like TS13 relies heavily on the use of non-
renewable sources of energy. Though some experimental technologies using alternative fuels are
being explored, widespread use in military applications is still some time away. Major training
exercises use considerable resources and are expensive undertakings, which is why they are
conducted only as frequently as is necessary to meet training and security needs.
Exercise planners pay particular attention to the need to minimise the resources used to sustain the
exercise participants in the field as part of the logistics support planning for the exercise. For example,
very close attention is paid to planning for the fuel needed for an exercise activity to ensure sufficient
supplies are available when and where they are needed. The cost and logistical complexity of getting
fuel into the field minimises use within the limits of achieving training objectives.
During TS13 a Smart Power Technology system is planned to be deployed, to measure the energy
usage at certain power critical nodes, such as the hospital and command HQ.
Advances in computer simulation technology have helped dramatically reduce the need for large
numbers of live participants in military exercise training scenarios. As well as increasing safety and
reducing the cost associated with training, the simulation of exercise scenarios also reduces fuel and
energy used associated with the exercise. However, it should be noted that while simulation
technology can enhance the training effectiveness and lower costs, certain aspects of live field training
cannot be replicated by simulation.
p 30
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
3.4 Agreements and Assessments
3.4.1 Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority
The Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority (GBRMPA) is the lead management agency for the
Great Barrier Reef Marine Park and World Heritage Area. There has been on-going dialogue between
Defence and GBRMPA regarding the management of Defence training areas within the Great Barrier
Reef Marine Park. There are three training areas within this area, Shoalwater Bay, Halifax Bay and
Cowley Beach. Of these, Shoalwater Bay has remained the premier training location during all past
Talisman Sabre exercises, and it is proposed that the Cowley Beach Training Area may also be used
in TS13.
A workshop to identify the risks to the Great Barrier Reef from Defence Activities was held in 2005,
with the results ranked based on the level of risk and then assigned a management priority. Several
of these risks intersect with the activities planned for TS13. As a result specific management actions
have been developed to manage each of these risks down to a manageable level.
Figure 2 | Outcomes of the 2005 workshop on Assessment of the risks of Defence activities in the Great Barrier Reef World Heritage Area
(http://www.gbrmpa.gov.au/our-partners/australian-government-agencies/environmental-management-of-defence-activities)
p 31
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
The post-exercise report from TS11 noted that a small level of residual debris (five parachutes
unaccounted for) was found to have occurred, however the other risks noted in the analysis were
managed without incident.
A joint management agreement between Defence and GBRMPA was established in 2008 to create
agreed protocols for joint planning, management and information sharing. The agreement was to
have effect for three years. A particular feature of this agreement is an undertaking for consultation on
environmental management controls for Defence activities. GBRMPA have been involved in the
preparation of this PER document, and will have observers and communication procedures in place
during the TS13 exercise.
There is a direct linkage to the performance of the joint management agreement and the Great Barrier
Reef Outlook Report.
The latest Outlook Report prepared in 2009 noted that the management systems and processes were
particularly strong for Defence, and that Defence activities presented minimal threat to the Great
Barrier Reef.
In particular, it was noted that adequate resources for environmental management were provided by
Defence, and that there was effective communication with local communities (GBRMPA 2009, p.134).
HMAS Ballarat, Talisman Sabre 2011
p 32
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
This section outlines the Environmental Management Framework (the Framework) that is applied
during the pre-Exercise, Exercise and post-Exercise stages of TS13 in order to mitigate potential and
actual environmental impacts. The Framework includes the following key components, of which the
first three roughly align with the three Exercise stages:
Environmental Planning;
Environmental Management;
Environmental Reporting; and
Community and Stakeholder Consultation.
The Framework is subject to a process of continual improvement so that the environmental
management of Exercises incorporates and is improved by lessons learned from previous Exercises.
This continual improvement is in line with the broader Defence Environmental Management System
(EMS) for all military activities.
4.1 TS13 Environmental Planning
The PER is the key component of environmental planning for TS13. The PER provides for the
assessment of potential environment and heritage impacts, and informs the development of specific
environmental mitigation and management measures to be implemented for the Exercise. These
measures may include site preparation to reduce the risk of negative impacts, or specific matters of
focus. Environmental planning is an established, integral component of Defence business –
environmental planning is not only applied for major activities and Exercises such as TS13.
The responsibility for environmental planning lies with the HQJOC Joint Exercises and Evaluation
Branch – Environment Team (JEEB-ET). This Team will coordinate environmental aspects of
Exercise planning and the implementation of its identified preparation measures for TS13.
The environmental planning for TS13 comprises an environmental review incorporating the following
tasks:
Review of the nature, scale and extent of proposed TS13 Exercise activities, and the comparison
of these to the TS11 Exercise activities;
Review of the environmental and heritage features of the areas, both Defence and non-Defence,
where the activities will take place;
Review of the existing environmental management and protection controls in place, including
Defence controls. These controls include Training Area, Base or Range Standing Orders,
Environmental Management Plans (EMPs) with specific EMPs for Maritime Activities and RAAF
Operations and Standard Operating Procedures (SOP);
Review of environmental impacts and incidents reported for TS09 and TS11;
Review of issues raised during community consultation undertaken for TS11; and
An environmental risk assessment based upon a consideration of information gathered from the
above activities. This risk assessment includes the identification of mitigation measures to reduce
that risk posed to the environment.
4 Environmental
Management Framework
p 33
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
The environmental risk assessment for the proposed TS13 activities was undertaken by Aurecon with
input from the HQJOC JEEB-ET, DSG environmental personnel and Government agency
stakeholders. The outcomes of the environmental review, including the environmental risk
assessment, are presented in this PER.
4.2 TS13 Environmental Management
The environmental management for TS13 activities is founded on the integration of three key aspects,
being the:
Outcomes of the environmental review of the individual sites and previous TS Exercises
environmental reviews including risk assessment (Exercise Environmental Planning) as per
section 4.1;
Current environmental management controls; and
Environment Management Controls developed specifically for TS13.
4.2.1 Environmental Management Plan
An Environmental Management Plan (EMP) for TS13 is being developed to form the central guidance
document for management of all environmental matters throughout the Exercise. The EMP will provide
a summary of environment matters to be managed, clear guidance on responsibilities, environment
management processes and planned controls, including exercise monitoring and incident
management. The EMP will include the direction and responsibilities that mitigate potential
environmental impacts identified in the environmental review including risk assessment process. The
EMP will also provide the link to Controls contained within Training Area, Base or Range Standing
Orders and EMPs as well as in Exercise specific procedures and instructions.
4.2.2 Environmental Roles and Responsibilities
Key roles and responsibilities for particular positions with oversight of Exercise environmental
management have been established as follows:
Officer Conducting the Exercise: Being the Commander Joint Operations Command who
retains overall responsibility for ensuring environmental compliance;
Exercise Director: Responsible for ensuring that environmental management measures are
implemented in all aspects of the Exercise;
Military Commanders: To ensure that their respective units implement the applicable
environmental controls and that all personnel have the means to meet their environmental
responsibilities, including awareness training and the provision of appropriate equipment and
resources to respond immediately to any environmental incidents; and
Regulating Authority. The Regulating Authority provides coordination of environmental reporting
on leaving training areas, and in particular of Shoalwater Bay Training Area.
Key roles and responsibilities for groups with direct involvement of environmental planning,
management and actions, have been established as follows:
Combined Exercise Control Group: Responsible for the integration of environmental planning
outcomes and environmental risk management strategies into their plans. Environmental input
into Exercise planning is being coordinated by HQJOC JEEB-ET.
Unit Environmental Liaison Officers: Military personnel designated by the Unit Commanders,
will coordinate, monitor and report on environmental matters for each operational unit throughout
TS13. The Unit Environmental Liaison Officers will maintain regular liaison with Range Control
(see below) throughout TS13.
p 34
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
Environmental Monitoring Group: A team of military personnel with environmental expertise
and knowledge of the training areas, who are responsible for environmental management during
the exercise. Primary responsibilities will include conducting unit level liaison and education,
compliance monitoring and post exercise reporting. Other duties may include vehicle inspections,
assisting with unit march-in/march-out inspections, escort duties and all other environmental
requirements in support of the Exercise.
Defence Support Environmental Team: Within which is a separate and existing environmental
team comprising technical environmental personnel (Regional Environment Officers and Senior
Environment Managers) of the Department of Defence. Defence Support Environmental Team
personnel will develop Environmental Clearance Certificates and provide specific
environmental advice to the Environmental Monitoring Group, conduct pre and post exercise
inspections, liaise with external stakeholders and prepare a list of damages / outstanding
issues / remediation actions.
Range Control: An existing management arrangement responsible for the coordinated and
sustainable use of large field training areas. For the Exercise, Range Control will run its normal
operations such as unit march-in/march-out inspections at Townsville Field Training Area,
Cowley Beach Training Area, Bradshaw Field Training Area, Delamere Range Facility and Mount
Bundey Training Area. Range control will provide further support to the Exercise, beyond its
standard responsibilities, if and when requested.
Detailed responsibilities of the groups identified above are provided in the following sub-sections.
4.2.2.1 Combined Exercise Control Group
Specific responsibilities of the Combined Exercise Control Group (CECG), coordinated through the
HQJOC JEEB senior environmental planner, include:
Engaging with State and Territory Governments, non-government organisations (NGOs) and local
communities throughout the planning and implementation phases of the Exercise as appropriate
and recording all comments or queries;
Managing complaints in accordance with a Complaints Handling Procedure;
Consolidating post activity reports submitted by Unit Environmental Liaison Officers;
Coordinating the assessment of the implementation of environmental controls and any
requirements for post-exercise rehabilitation, in consultation with the Defence Support Group;
Preparing a summary Environment Post Exercise Report, to be submitted to the Australian
Government Department of Sustainability, Environment, Water, Population and Communities
(DSEWPaC) and key stakeholders. The report will draw upon the post activity reporting
undertaken by the Unit Environmental Liaison Officer’s and Environmental Monitoring Group, and
pre and post exercise inspections undertaken by the Defence Support Group; and
Facilitate a post exercise briefing to identify key issues, logistical problems, ease of application of
environmental requirements and lessons learnt. Any key issues, themes and occurrences are
incorporated as part of planning for future major military exercises.
4.2.2.2 Unit Environmental Liaison Officers
Specific responsibilities of the Unit Environmental Liaison Officer’s include:
Advising their Commander, Officers and other Unit personnel on the environmental protection and
mitigation measures relevant to their Unit’s activities;
Monitoring compliance with environmental controls, such as Exercise Instructions, Standing
Orders and Environmental Clearance Certificates (issued by DSO);
Maintaining regular liaison with Range Control throughout the Exercise;
Investigating and reporting environmental incidents to Range Control, DSG and the Environmental
Management Group;
p 35
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
Ensuring completion of remediation works prior to leaving the site on conclusion of the Exercise
component; and
Ensuring compliance with march-out procedures, including attendance at march-in and march-out
inspections, completing post activity reports (including Environmental Clearance Certificate close
outs), and facilitating unit clearance through Environmental Monitoring Group and Range Control.
The Unit Environmental Liaison Officers will be supported by the Environmental Monitoring Group.
4.2.2.3 Environmental Monitoring Group
The structure of the Environmental Monitoring Group to be established for TS13 is shown in Figure 3.
Environmental Monitoring Group Headquarters will be located at Rockhampton, with deployment to
other Defence and non-Defence sites as required to fulfil the Environmental Monitoring Group’s
responsibilities.
Figure 3 | Environmental Monitoring Group Structure for TS13
The Environmental Monitoring Group will comprise dedicated Environmental Monitoring personnel to
address training areas of the North Australian Range Complex and East Australian Range Complex,
non-Defence land and maritime areas (i.e. Environmental Monitoring Group - Afloat). There will be
personnel focusing on land, air and maritime components, of those physical locations as appropriate.
Specific responsibilities of the Environmental Monitoring Group include:
Providing technical advice, such as environmental protection and mitigation measures, to Unit
Commanders and Unit Environmental Liaison Officer’s on environmental protection and mitigation
measures. This advice will be provided as required before, during and after the Exercise;
Conducting unit march-in and march-out (extraction) inspections;
p 36
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
Monitoring compliance with environmental controls, such as Exercise Instructions, Training Area
Standing Orders and Environmental Clearance Certificates;
Investigating and reporting environmental incidents to Range Control and Combined Exercise
Control Group, if required; and
Providing post-exercise environmental reports on performance.
4.2.2.4 Actions – Environmental Monitoring Group
The Environmental Monitoring Group will undertake a number of management actions throughout
TS13, from pre-Exercise establishment through to post-Exercise reporting and briefing. Table 2
describes the pre-and during Exercise environmental management actions associated with training
elements that are planned for TS13. These are consistent with ADF protocols for major exercises.
Table 2 | Group Actions and Responsibilities
Training Element Description
Pre-Exercise
Actions
Defence will nominate the Environmental Monitoring Group personnel and
establish the structure of the Environmental Management Groups.
Unit Environmental Liaison Officer’s will also be assigned by each Unit
Commander.
The roles and responsibilities for individual members and personnel forming the
Unit Environmental Liaison Officer’s, the Environmental Monitoring Group and
Defence Support Group will be clearly identified as part of pre-Exercise
briefings.
Defence Support Group will undertake pre-Exercise inspections and
documentation of key Exercise areas as required to identify pre-Exercise
remediation / upgrade works and to assist in the identification of Exercise impacts
during the post-activity checks.
Pre-Exercise (planning phase)
Consultation and
Communications
Defence will engage with Federal, State and Local Government, Non-
Government Organisations and local communities throughout the planning and
execution stages of TS13 as appropriate.
All comments or queries will be logged and any complaints will be managed
appropriately in accordance with a Complaints Handling Procedure. Defence
Support Operations has responsibility to liaise with external stakeholders on
environmental issues.
Deployment for
Exercise Activity
Relevant controls specified in the TS13 EMP will be provided to Exercise
participants - as Exercise Instructions - for a given exercise activity. The Unit
Environmental Liaison Officer’s s will monitor compliance against these Exercise
Instruction Controls.
The Environmental Management Group providing more detailed and secondary
compliance monitoring for key exercise activities and areas.
p 37
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
Training Element Description
Extraction from
Activity
At the close of the Exercise, extraction of personnel is managed on a policy of
“no footprint‟, with all Exercise materials, equipment and debris removed and all disturbances (e.g. tracks, ditches) rehabilitated. Extraction (removal and rehabilitation) requirements will be guided by the Exercise Instructions, EMP and Pre-Exercise inspection, and will be monitored and verified by the Unit Environmental Liaison Officer’s.
The Environmental Monitoring Group will provide more detailed and secondary compliance monitoring for key exercise activities and areas. All visiting units must abide by these requirements.
March-Out Procedures.
The unit must obtain clearance from the Environmental Monitoring Group / Range Control and provide completed Post Activity Reports before they are authorised to leave the Exercise site.
Operational
Corrective Action
Defence recognises that the key to operational corrective action is rapid incident reporting and incident response. The requirements for incident reporting and incident response are included in Exercise Instructions and Environmental Management Plan, including notification of the Unit Environmental Liaison Officer in the first instance and notification and involvement of the Environmental Management Group for more serious incidents.
4.2.2.5 Defence Support Environment Group
A separate group will be established of existing environmental personnel (including Senior
Environment Managers, Environment Officers and Range Control Officers) and will operate
independently from the Environmental Monitoring Group.
Senior Environment Managers and Environment Officers are responsible for the on-going
environmental management of the Defence estate and have specialist environmental expertise. Their
existing on-going responsibility for the sites provides them with knowledge of the properties for some
time prior to the Exercise, as well as post-Exercise management.
Specific responsibilities of the Defence Support (Environment) Group include:
Assessing the need for and developing Environmental Clearance Certificates and providing
tailored advice and approval for specific actions affecting the environment;
Conducting pre and post exercise inspections and basic condition assessment of high priority
sites;
Briefing and advising the Environmental Monitoring Group on specific environmental issues and
mitigation;
Preparing a list of gross environmental damages, outstanding issues and remediation actions; and
Liaising with external stakeholders on environmental issues as required (i.e. GBRMPA, DEHP and
DSEWPaC)
4.2.2.6 Range Control
Range control is the term given to the group of personnel responsible for the coordinated and
sustainable use of training areas. Range Control are dedicated and generally located on-site for those
training areas attached to a base or may be of high use.
Range control will provide support to the Exercise that is part of its routine activities.
p 38
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
Specific standard responsibilities of Range Control that will apply for this Exercise and relevant to the
Environmental aspect include:
Booking of ranges or parts of ranges;
Managing the quality of the range including infrastructure maintenance and facilities; and
Managing the use of the range to minimise environmental pressures and enable recovery time as
required.
4.2.3 Environmental Controls
4.2.3.1 Documentation
A number of on-going environmental controls are in place for Defence areas and activities to manage
the impacts of routine activities. In additional to these, specific controls will be developed to recognise
the potential impacts from TS13 activities. “Controls” is the term for documents that identify the
requirements, processes and actions to manage the use of a property or equipment safely and
responsibly.
A summary of the on-going (current) and exercise-specific environmental controls applicable to
TS13 is presented in Table 3 below. All controls (documents) are internal Defence documents.
Table 3 | Defence Environmental Controls
Control Description Applicable to
TS13 Exercise EMP Provides overarching guidance on environmental management requirements for TS13, including use of current environmental controls, requirements for exercise-specific controls and a framework for implementation, corrective action and review.
The EMP will be developed from the TS11 EMP and from this TS13 PER.
Whole of exercise
Specific EMP:
ADF Maritime
Activities EMP
Provides guidance on environmental management requirements for Maritime Activities. The Maritime Activities EMP includes the implementation components of: Planning Guides, Planning Handbooks and Procedure Cards.
Maritime Activities
Specific EMP:
RAAF Aircraft
Operations EMP
Provides guidance on environmental management requirements for aircraft operations. It includes the following implementation components: Planning Handbook, Technical Reference Manual, Procedure Cards and Planning Guides.
It is designed to be used in conjunction with the ADF Maritime Activities EMP Planning Guides and Procedure cards (where activity is over-water).
Aircraft operations
Standard EMP:
Site Heritage Management Plans (HMPs)
Site EMPs
Site Environmental Management Systems (EMSs)
Provide overarching guidance on environmental management requirements for a specific Defence training area or base, including environmental controls, implementation, corrective action and review. Site HMPs, EMPs and EMSs are focused on the management of routine activities and maintenance of environmental values on Defence properties rather than the conduct of major exercises.
Most Defence training areas and support sites
p 39
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
Control Description Applicable to
Standing Orders (SOs) and Standing
Instructions (SIs)
for each Training Area, Base or Range of the Exercise
Regulate the conduct of Defence activities at a specified Defence property, including environment and heritage requirements.
Training Area, Base and Range Standing Orders, and Standing Instructions provide controls for activities within a certain scope. Beyond that addressed scope, activity-specific controls are required through Environmental Clearance Certificates.
It is mandatory for users of Defence training areas (both Australian and foreign Military forces) to adhere to these orders and instructions.
All Defence training areas and support sites
Environmental Clearance Certificate (ECC)
Regulates the conduct of Defence activities that lie outside the scope of Training Area, Base or Range Standing Orders or SIs That is, it provides the authority, following inspection and advice, to undertake an activity that may cause limited and specified impacts, and the actions required to minimise, rehabilitate and (if appropriate) offset that impact.
ECCs are investigated and issued for activities undertaken outside of Defence properties.
Specific activities or areas as required
These Controls will inform and be referenced in the Combined Exercise Instruction (CEI) and Exercise
Instructions to be issued to exercise participants, and to be monitored for compliance by the Unit
Environmental Liaison Officer’s and Environmental Monitoring Group during the exercise. The
structure of the environmental Controls for TS13 is illustrated in Figure 4.
Figure 4 | Structure of the Environmental Management Controls for TS13
p 40
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
4.2.3.2 Impact Mitigation and Avoidance
Risk elimination is the most effective mitigation measure and has been applied to TS13 activities
where appropriate. For example:
There are no plans for nuclear powered warships to approach within 10km of the coast, except
where approaching ports that have been approved by the Visiting Ships Panel (Nuclear);
Certain areas of high sensitivity in Defence training areas have been designated as “no go‟ zones,
therefore not permitting TS13 activities to be undertaken within them and reducing
associated risks;
Potentially contaminating activities (e.g. refuelling, vehicle servicing, latrines, and field kitchens)
are prohibited within the Capricorn Coast water catchment area within Shoalwater Bay Training
Area; and
Use of depleted uranium munitions is not authorised for TS13 or any other exercise in Australia.
Engineering controls have been applied to risks where they are of a localised and predictable nature.
For example, the thinning of vegetation in impact areas / firing ranges and the associated buffer
zones has been undertaken to reduce the impact of fire outbreaks, whilst retaining ample cover to
ensure that erosion and sedimentation is minimised.
Operational controls are readily applied to risks associated with spatially dispersed activities,
activities of a limited duration and/or that may be subject to changes in location or timing to best
meet Exercise requirements. Therefore, operational controls may be more appropriate than
engineering controls for the majority of activities to be undertaken in TS13.
The use of established operational controls, including Standing Orders, Standing Instructions and
Procedure Cards is appropriate as most of the proposed activities for TS13 are of a routine nature.
Where non-routine activities are proposed, specific management requirements are included in
Environmental Clearance Certificates in accordance with established procedures.
4.2.4 Environmental Awareness
Environmental awareness is an important component of the Framework for TS13. It is undertaken to
enable all participants to understand the potential environmental impacts and associated management
requirements for the Exercise. In particular, awareness of the relevant environmental controls to be
implemented during TS13, including the role and responsibility of individual participants is critical to
the successful prevention, minimisation and reporting of environmental impacts.
Environmental awareness will be delivered to Exercise participants, whether from Australian and US
forces, through:
Environmental inductions;
Environmental awareness DVD;
Environmental awareness cards; and
Exercise instructions and orders
Unit and Group briefings.
4.3 TS13 Environmental Reporting
The ultimate environmental reporting outcome for TS13 will be the Post-Exercise Environment Report.
This report outlines the environmental assessment and planning undertaken particularly prior to the
exercise, the environmental management undertaken particularly during the Exercise and the
environmental outcomes identified particularly post-Exercise.
The Post Exercise Environment Report will be prepared by JEEB with input from the preceding
documents (including Controls) and the following reporting elements.
p 41
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
4.3.1 Environmental Monitoring Group Actions
The Environmental Monitoring Group will be the key authority to undertake reporting and briefing
actions at the conclusion of TS13. These reporting activities are described in Table 4.
Table 4 | Post Exercise Environmental Reporting
Training Element Description
Post Activity
Checks
Post activity checks will be undertaken by Environmental Management Group
personnel to verify:
The implementation of environmental controls:
The effectiveness of environmental controls: and
Any additional rehabilitation / remediation works that are required.
The post activity checks will be documented with photographic records. Any
rehabilitation or remedial works identified through the checks will be undertaken
immediately.
DSO will prepare a list of damages, outstanding issues and rehabilitation /
remediation works.
Post Exercise
Report
An Environment Post Exercise Report will be prepared that provides advice on
the:
Compliance with environmental controls;
Any serious incidents and the subsequent reporting and response actions;
Rehabilitation and remedial works required; and
Effectiveness of environmental controls and recommendations for any
improvements for subsequent exercises.
The report will be prepared by the Combined Exercise Control Group with
support from the Defence Support (Environment) Group. It will be prepared
using a range of resources including input from the Unit Environment Liaison
Officers, Unit Commanders, reports (of any incidents), March Outs and physical
site inspections. Once completed, it will be submitted to Senior Defence
management, DSEWPaC and key stakeholders at the end of the exercise. This
report will be used to assess compliance of Exercise activities with the TS13
EMP.
p 42
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
Training Element Description
Post Exercise
Briefing
A post Exercise briefing will be held with key Defence and US personnel to
identify key issues such as:
Environmental incidents that occurred, impacts and response actions;
Effectiveness of environmental controls and implementation (e.g. ease of
understanding, appropriateness of TS13 specific EMPs in undertaking
activities);
Implementation issues for environmental management (e.g. ease of use,
communication);
Community concerns immediately prior to and during the Exercise,
including any complaints registered; and
Lessons learnt and improvements for subsequent Exercises.
The HQJOC JEEB will keep records of this Briefing and maintain these for
input into the environmental planning and management of subsequent
Exercises.
It is proposed that a second post Exercise briefing is held with key
stakeholders including DSEWPaC, GBRMPA, Queensland Department of
Environment and Heritage Protection to discuss any environmental incidents
and compliance with the TS13 EMP and any other relevant matters.
4.3.2 Unit Environmental Liaison Officer Actions
The Unit Environmental Liaison Offices will undertake a number of reporting actions at the conclusion
of TS13 that are to support the Environmental Monitoring Groups’ reporting actions, and to support the
on-going local management of the site. These actions are drawn from the roles and responsibilities of
the Officers and include to:
Document completed and (any) incomplete / additional remediation works for a site;
Ensuring compliance with Unit extraction procedures, including attendance at inspections,
completing post activity reports (including Environmental Clearance Certificate close outs to pass
to the DSO, and facilitating unit clearance with the Environmental Monitoring Group and with
Range Control; and
Documenting compliance with environmental controls, such as Exercise Instructions and
Standing Orders.
4.3.3 Defence Support Operations Actions
The Defence Support (Environment) Group will undertake a number of reporting actions at the
conclusion of TS13 that are to support the Environmental Monitoring Group reporting actions, and to
support the on-going local management of the site. These actions are drawn from the roles and
responsibilities of the Group, and include to:
Confirm compliance with any issued Environmental Clearance Certificate remediation or
management requirements including to review the Close-out of the ECC by the Unit Environment
Liaison Officer;
Conduct post Exercise inspections and basic condition assessment of high priority sites;
Brief the Environmental Monitoring Group on specific environmental issues and mitigations
undertaken during and post Exercise;
p 43
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
Preparing a list of major environmental damages or impacts, outstanding issues and remediation
actions; and
Liaison and communications with external stakeholders (in particular with GBRMPA, DEHP
and/or DSEWPaC) on environmental issues as held during the Exercise.
4.4 Stakeholder and Community Consultation
4.4.1 Preparation for Consultation Activity
The Defence Environmental Strategic Plan identifies the requirement to balance land, sea and air
activities necessary to sustain ADF capability, while using a sustainable management approach that
preserves a positive legacy for future generations. Defence also values its role as an environmental
steward and recognises the importance of perception within the community. An integral component of
TS13 is communicating potential environmental impacts associated with the exercise and the
proposed environmental management measures to address these.
Defence is undertaking a community consultation program for TS13, which includes a range of
activities aimed at ensuring that the consultation process is open and transparent and the community
is well informed and aware of channels to provide feedback. Consultation methods include community
information sessions, to be held in Rockhampton and Yeppoon, advertisements in local and state
newspapers, information provided on a dedicated website, a free-call number for queries and library
displays throughout the consultation period. These activities are summarised in Table 5 below.
The consultation period on the draft TS13 PER commenced on 24 September 2012 and is due to
conclude on 26 October 2012 (25 working days). Stakeholder briefings are being undertaken across
the project area, and to further support the consultation process, two public information sessions are
being held in Rockhampton and Yeppoon. The sessions are being held in major shopping centres that
are accessible by public transport to provide interested community members with an opportunity to
view and discuss the TS13 PER with the project team. Copies of the Draft PER will be available at
every display and through the dedicated TS13 website.
In addition, fact sheets have been developed about the Exercise and PER, activity locations,
sustainable environmental measures, environmental controls, legislative requirements, frequently
asked questions and the consultation process. These fact sheets and a copy of the draft PER have
been distributed to libraries in the Exercise location areas (Rockhampton, Yeppoon, Townsville,
Darwin, Canungra and Amberley) in both hard copy and electronic format. The TS13 PER website
was launched on Monday 24 September 2012 and contains the draft PER, fact sheets, maps of the
location activities and an online submission facility to allow submissions to be made online.
A letter outlining the Exercise, the PER and the consultation process has been mailed to stakeholders,
community groups and individuals. The letter provides advice about how information about the draft
TS13 PER can be obtained. A consultation database for the TS13 PER has also been established to
ensure that interested stakeholders and groups continue to receive information and updates on the
PER.
Details of the TS13 PER and consultation process have also been provided to organisations to display
on their websites, including the Capricorn Tourism and Economic Development and Fitzroy Basin
Association, and email reminders on the close of the consultation process will be sent to stakeholders
with known email addresses encouraging submissions.
p 44
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
Table 5 | TS13 Community Consultation Activities
Communication Tool Description
1800 Number, Reply
Paid & project email
address
A freecall (1800) project information line, reply paid facility and project email
address established leading up to the PER and for the duration of the
consultation period to allow for points of contact with the evaluation team, an
avenue for stakeholder feedback and a general point of information.
Advertisements Advertisements and public notices run in state and local newspapers at key
milestones within the project and PER consultation period.
Community
Information
Sessions
Four information sessions held in Rockhampton and Yeppoon. The displays
allow the public access the project team to seek clarifications and submit
project queries.
Static Displays Static displays set up within the areas of public consultation, throughout the
entire consultation period, where information about the PER is freely available.
Fact Sheets Fact sheets available at the information sessions, staffed displays and upon
request to highlight key areas of the PER and general information to better
inform the community about Defence and the exercise itself.
Information Packs Letters sent to key stakeholder groups advising them of the PER, community
consultation dates, website details, and where copies of fact sheets and the
draft PER can be obtained.
Website A website developed for the TS13 PER to promote awareness and progress of
the PER process and to allow access to all information e.g. fact sheets,
publicise community engagement opportunities throughout the PER
consultation period and allow the community to make submissions to project
members. The website can be accessed at
www.aurecongroup.com/talismansabre2013
4.4.2 Outcomes of Consultation Activity
TO BE COMPLETED ON CONCLUSION OF THE COMMUNITY CONSULTATION PERIOD
p 45
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
This section describes the key environmental risks that may arise from activities carried out as part of
TS13, and discusses how these risks will be managed. The following methodology was employed in
the identification of issues:
Liaison with Headquarters Joint Operations Command and Defence Support personnel for
Queensland and Northern Territory to build an understanding of planned activities for TS13,
regional environmental issues and concerns, and experience from TS11;
Desktop review of recent environmental studies, previous studies of major military exercises and
of past environmental performance to build an understanding of the current environmental values,
significant environmental, heritage and social impacts and adequacy of past environmental
mitigation and management; and
Environmental risk assessment to assess the environmental and reputational impacts and risks
associated with each of the proposed activities.
5.1 Environmental Risk Assessment
5.1.1 Commitment to Risk Management
The Joint Statement of Principles (provided in Appendix A), commits Australia and the US Armed
Forces to consider environmental impacts at the earliest stage of planning activities as an integrated
element of risk assessment and to strive to develop and implement measures to mitigate such impacts.
TS13 has evolved from the suite of exercises that have been conducted on a biannual basis since the
first major exercise of this type in 1999. To ensure an appropriate level of environmental management
is applied to identify risks, an environmental risk assessment has been undertaken in addition to the
routine environmental management provisions for military activities such as Training Area Standing
Orders, Standard Operating Procedures and / or specific instructions. Although a risk assessment is
not specifically required under Commonwealth legislation, by undertaking this process the Australian
and US exercise planners are able to systematically consider the potential for environmental impact
and develop appropriate management and mitigation measures to manage potential impacts.
5.1.2 Environmental Risk Assessment Process
An environmental risk assessment for TS13 was undertaken to identify all environmental risks
associated with the TS13 planned activities at the various training locations. The risk assessment
process followed a modified Environmental Risk Tool (ERT) framework developed by Defence and
used in its Environmental Management System. This process is based on the ISO 31000 Risk
Management Standard. The primary purpose of the risk assessment is to prioritise risks, so that
appropriate management measures can be focussed to mitigate adverse environmental, social and
heritage impacts.
5 Environmental Risk
Management
p 46
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
The TS13 risk assessment has the following key elements:
Activity
Location
Impact
Raw risk (includes existing ‘standard’ Defence controls)
Mitigation measures (TS13 specific)
Residual risk (with controls)
Planned activities were grouped into Live Firing, Non Live Firing, Vehicles and Equipment, Maritime
Operations, Exercise Logistics, Training Area Management and Science and Technology.
The raw and residual risk level of each activity was assessed for two risk dimensions: environment
and heritage; and reputation. Defence recognises that negative environmental impacts also have the
potential to compromise the public reputation of Defence and associated stakeholders in the planning
and staging of a major exercise. Accordingly, the potential for such risks was considered as part of the
risk assessment process to inform Defence of the impact on Defence’s reputation in managing the
estate.
The determination of risk is based on the following formula:
Risk = Likelihood of occurrence of hazard impact X Consequence of hazard impact
It should be noted that even with the application of controls, high risks are still possible, particularly if,
despite a very low likelihood of occurrence, the consequence of the impact is very high. The ERT
framework, including likelihood and consequence descriptors and description of risk dimensions is
provided in Appendix B.
5.1.3 Environmental Risk Workshop
Development of a major military exercise requires a high level of planning and coordination. This is
managed through a series of planning workshops, where proposed activities and requirements can be
discussed openly and issues resolved.
The environmental risk workshop was held during the latter stages of the initial planning conference,
utilising information on proposed activities that had been scoped during the planning workshop.
Environmental risks associated with each activity were assessed and prioritised. Preliminary controls
and mitigation measures were then discussed.
A number of stakeholder groups provided input to the draft risk assessment, including representatives
from Headquarters Joint Operations Command, Defence Support Group environment officers and the
Australian Government agencies, the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority (GBRMPA) and the
Department of Sustainability, Environment, Water, Population and Communities (DSEWPaC).
5.2 TS13 Key Environmental Risks
As part of the identification and assessment of possible environmental, heritage and reputational risks,
all of the TS13 proposed activities were assessed using the Defence ERT. It should be recognised
that most of the training activities proposed as part of TS13 are undertaken on a daily basis at sites
throughout Australia, e.g. Navy activities are regularly conducted in marine exercise areas. These
activities have controls and mitigation measures in place to reduce the risk of potential environmental
impacts. These existing management measures, which are fully integrated into Defence activities,
have been considered when determining the initial risk profile of each activity.
Due to the level of detail and similarities of impacts occurring across multiple locations, only those key
potential environmental impacts found to have medium (M) high (H) or very high (VH) risks of
occurring after the implementation of the standard mitigation measures have been summarised in
Table 6.
p 47
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
These risks have been grouped based on the environmental impact from the activity, while the risk
management methodologies are based on the actual activities to be undertaken.
For ease of reference, potential environmental impacts and management measures are further
detailed for each training area and support sites in Sections 6 and 7, respectively.
Table 6 | Summary of Key Environmental Impacts and Risks
Summary of Key Environmental Impacts and Risks
Category Potential Impact Potential Residual Risk
Consequence Likelihood Risk Rating
Marine
Soil Acid Sulphate Soils are exposed during marine
operations and coastal construction activities. Major Possible H
The operation of small water craft inshore, anchorage
or construction of wharf / naval lighterage disturbs
marine sediments and degrades marine habitat
(seagrass beds and mangroves).
Minor Likely M
Marine flora
and fauna
The movement of vessels and small water craft
(including amphibious landings) results in interactions
with marine fauna (dugongs, whales, dolphins etc.)
that disrupts or cause injury to marine species
Moderate Likely M
Accident involving nuclear powered vessel resulting in
exposure of reactor core. Severe Rare H
Noise Noise generated from small water craft / vehicles
during amphibious landings and low flying aircraft
disturbs marine fauna in the coastal zone. Note: no
turtles nesting or migratory shorebirds likely to be in
area during southern winter period (July- August).
Minor Possible M
Sonar Emissions of sonar from ships and submarines (or
other device) or sonar buoys deployed by aircraft
causes behavioural effects to marine mammals.
Minor Likely M
Hydrocarbon
storage and
usage
Accidental release of oils or fuels from small water
craft / vehicles during amphibious landings results in
degradation of water quality and impact on marine
habitat.
Severe Rare H
Vessel accident results in major oil spill and causes
damage to marine habitat and listed marine species. Major Unlikely M
Vessel and vehicle refuelling operations results in
minor fuel spills causing localised damage to marine
and intertidal habitat and listed marine species.
Minor Likely M
p 48
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
Summary of Key Environmental Impacts and Risks
Category Potential Impact Potential Residual Risk
Consequence Likelihood Risk Rating
Waste Non-biodegradable waste material accidentally
released from vessels or aircraft (including
parachutes) degrades water quality and marine
habitat. Plastic waste ingested by marine fauna or
marine fauna becomes entangled in waste.
Minor Likely M
Land and Air
Sediment
and erosion
Clearing of vegetation to establish target areas and
other infrastructure (including excavations) removes
protective vegetative cover and exposes soil,
increasing potential for soil erosion and sedimentation.
Major Possible H
Terrestrial
flora and
fauna
Clearing of target areas and other infrastructure and
movement of armoured vehicles off-road results in
damage or disturbance to vegetation and habitat.
Minor Possible M
Movement of vehicles, personnel and equipment
results in introduction and dispersal of weeds. Major Likely H
Weapons and explosions kills or injures individual
fauna species. Moderate Unlikely M
Aquatic flora
and fauna
Clearing, excavation and fill within a watercourse to
build bridges and culverts that may disturb aquatic
habitat and the flow regime of the watercourse.
Minor Likely M
Fire Fires started by live firing or other exercise results in
damage or disturbance to terrestrial flora and fauna,
cultural heritage sites or public/private property.
Major Likely H
Noise and
dust
Noise generated from live firing activity and low flying
aircraft results in disturbance to fauna and members
of the public
Minor Almost
certain M
Cultural
heritage
Clearing, excavations and movement of armoured and
heavy vehicles off-road results in damage or
disturbance to undiscovered cultural heritage sites,
particularly in the coastal zone.
Major Possible H
Hazardous
materials
storage and
usage
Inappropriate handling and storage of hazardous
materials causes accidental release or spillage that
result in contamination of soil, groundwater or surface
water.
Minor Possible M
Hydrocarbon
storage and
usage
Accidental release of fuels or oils from local refuelling
and operation of vehicles, aircrafts and other
equipment that results in contamination of soil, ground
and surface water.
Moderate Likely M
p 49
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
5.3 Risk Reduction Measures
Environmental controls and mitigation measures were developed for risks identified from the
environmental risk assessment and workshop. As the majority of activities undertaken for Talisman
Sabre are routinely undertaken at Defence Training Areas, most controls and mitigation measures are
already in place and embedded into training procedures.
Additional mitigation measures specific to TS13 were primarily identified where the higher intensity and
combined nature of the activities required additional measures and controls to further minimise the
likelihood and consequence of environmental impacts occurring.
Tables 7 to 10 provides a summary of risk reduction measures planned for key TS13 exercise
activities which include measures for maritime, air and land-based activities on Defence Training
Areas as well as activities on non-Defence land (including ports, roads and staging areas). These
activities were identified as requiring risk reduction measures based on their potential impact,
determined during the risk assessment process.
Table 7 | Maritime Activities Risk Reduction Measures
Maritime Activities Risk Reduction Measures
Maritime Activity Training Areas Risk Reduction Measures
Submarine
Operations
US submarines are
nuclear powered.
These vessels have
been used
previously for
Australian-based
exercises.
Coral Sea
Timor Sea
Arafura Sea
Standard Operating Procedures incorporating the
Maritime Activities EMP and Procedure Cards.
Observing International Maritime Convention for the
prevention of Collision at sea.
Environment and exercise specific briefing.
Issue notification to Mariners (via NOTMARS).
Anti-Submarine
Warfare (ASW)
(ASW) Sonar Use of
medium frequency
active sonar, towed
arrays and sonar
buoys.
Coral Sea Standard Operating Procedures incorporating the
Maritime Activities EMP and Procedure Cards.
Operating well off coast outside of migratory paths of
cetaceans, and include assigned personnel for
posted look- out for marine fauna. Sonar use
suspended if cetaceans sighted within 3600m of
vessel.
Mine
Countermeasures
Applied in mine
counter measures,
mine shape laying
and retrieval and
tracking of
watercraft.
SWBTA
Coral Sea
Standard Operating Procedures incorporating the
Maritime Activities EMP and Procedure Cards.
Sweeps are monitored and depths determined,
including recovery of all equipment.
Operating well off coast outside of migratory paths of
cetaceans and include assigned personnel for posted
look-out for marine fauna. Sonar use suspended if
cetaceans sighted within 3600m of vessel.
p 50
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
Maritime Activities Risk Reduction Measures
Maritime Activity Training Areas Risk Reduction Measures
Underwater
Demolitions
SWBTA Standard Operating Procedures incorporating the
Training Area Standing Orders, Maritime Activities
EMP and Procedure Cards.
Inspections for presence of rocks and wreckages.
Confined to an area that does not contain seagrass
and is less than 2 ha in extent.
Inspection for marine mammals occurs prior to
demolition and no demolition is to take place if
marine mammals or turtles sighted within 2 nautical
miles of the site.
Replenishment at
Sea: Liquids and
Solids
Transfers of liquid
stores (oils) and
solids (equipment,
munitions and
provisions) between
vessels at sea.
Coral Sea
Timor Sea
Arafura Sea
Standard Operating Procedures incorporating the
Maritime Activities EMP and Procedure Cards.
Equipment maintenance.
Place drip trays under all hose couplings.
Ensure spill containment/clean-up equipment
available on deck for immediate response to any oil
spill or leaks.
Undertake regular checking of tank contents and
moderate pumping rates.
Wastewater
Discharge
Discharge of
greywater,
blackwater and
ballast water
SWBTA
Coral Sea
Timor
Arafura Sea
Standard Operating Procedures incorporating the
Maritime Activities EMP and Procedure Cards.
Greywater / blackwater discharge areas designated
by Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority.
Ballast water discharged prior to entering the Great
Barrier Reef Marine Park.
Explosive Stores
Handling of
explosive stores in
transfers between
vessels.
SWBTA Standard Operating Procedures for stores handling.
Amphibious operations Standard Operating
Procedures.
Unmanned
Underwater Vehicle
Use of automated
underwater vehicles
for mine
countermeasures.
SWBTA Standard Operating Procedures incorporating the
Maritime Activities EMP and Procedure Cards.
Beaching of
Amphibious
Landing Craft and
Landing Craft Air
Cushion (LCAC)
Transfers of
personnel and
stores across
coastal areas.
SWBTA
CBTA
Townsville
area (hard
standings)
Standard Operating Procedures incorporating the
Maritime Activities EMP and Procedure Cards.
Planning operation away from reef areas.
GBRMPA Policy and reef grounding procedures.
p 51
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
Maritime Activities Risk Reduction Measures
Maritime Activity Training Areas Risk Reduction Measures
Wet Joint Logistics
Over the Shore
(JLOTS)
‘Wet’ joint logistics over
the shore training
which involves the
transfer of liquids via
pipelines or bladders
from ships to
designated shore
landing points
SWBTA Water is used in place of fuel.
Controls for placement, monitoring and recovery of
pipeline to be developed where required.
Control actions (where required) to form part of
communications plan.
Table 8 | Air Activity Risk Reduction Measures
Air Activity Risk Reduction Measures
Air Activity Training Areas Risk Reduction Measures
High explosive
bombing at training
areas
SWBTA
TFTA
DRF
BFTA
MBTA
Training Area and Range Standing Orders.
Safety procedures and buffer zones.
Declared Defence Practice Areas.
RAAF Aircraft Operations EMP.
Practice Bombing
at Training Areas
SWBTA
TFTA
Saumarez
Reef
Training Area and Range Standing Orders.
Safety procedures and buffer zones.
Declared Defence Practice Areas.
RAAF Aircraft Operations EMP.
Communication
frequency
‘jamming’
SWBTA
BFTA
Coral Sea
Specific Spectrum Management Agency controls (only
on approval from Chief Safety Officer) to avoid
disturbance to domestic and emergency services
communication networks.
RAAF Aircraft Operations EMP.
Unmanned Aerial
Vehicles (UAV)
SWBTA
Coral Sea
Application of Air Space Management Plan to define
designated aerial zones.
Low flying by
aircraft
SWBTA
TFTA
BFTA
MBTA
Coral Sea
Application of Air Space Management Plan to define
designated aerial zones.
Training Area Standing Orders at respective training
areas to avoid known sensitive zones (e.g. Byfield,
Stockyard Point and Marlborough communities, Pelicans
Rock, Akens Island and Bay Island for SWBTA. Herveys
Range community at Thorntons Gap adjoining TFTA
and neighbouring cattle property homesteads).
RAAF Aircraft Operations EMP.
Air-to-air refuelling SWBTA
TFTA
Coral Sea
Equipment testing and maintenance.
Application of controls within Standard Operating
Procedures.
RAAF Aircraft Operations EMP.
p 52
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
Table 9 | Land Activity Risk Reduction Measures
Land Activity Risk Reduction Measures
Land Activity Training Areas Risk Reduction Measures
Waste generation
(at campgrounds,
drop zones and
general training
areas)
TBC Provisioning for waste carriage and collections.
Controls in force through Training Area Standing Orders.
Environmental Monitoring Group & exercise umpires to
monitor.
Environmental awareness video and procedure card for
each training area.
Vehicle movement
into training areas
SWBTA
TFTA
BFTA
MBTA
Training Area Standing Orders controlling vehicle entry and
exit wash down procedures.
Environmental awareness video and procedure card for
each training area.
Environmental Monitoring Group.
Vehicle
manoeuvre and
battle runs
SWBTA
BFTA
Training Area Standing Orders controlling areas that can
be impacted from manoeuvres and battle runs.
Live fire activity
Small calibre firing
and larger
munitions fire
(mortars etc.)
SWBTA
TFTA
BFTA
MBTA
DRF
Training Area Standing Orders strictly applied for all firing
activity.
Designated live fire sectors.
Safety procedures.
Buffer zones.
Checking of firing templates and equipment maintenance.
Fire Management Plans.
Annual water quality monitoring.
Refuelling of
vehicles including:
military transport
vehicles and light
and heavy
armoured vehicles
SWBTA
TFTA
BFTA
MBTA
Provision of spill containment equipment.
Adhere to Australian Standards on fuelling equipment.
Controls in force through Training Area Standing Orders.
For example no potentially contaminating activities such
as refuelling, vehicle servicing and maintenance within
100m of a watercourse or within the Capricorn Coast
Water Catchment Area.
Annual water quality monitoring.
Construction /
demolition /
excavation
SWBTA Provision of “Awareness Cards” to raise environmental
awareness.
Training Area Standing Orders covering construction,
demolition, excavation and remediation.
p 53
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
Table 10 | Ports and Other Non-Defence Land Risk Reduction Measures
Ports and Other Non-Defence Land Risk Reduction Measures
Planned Activity Training Areas Risk Reduction Measures
Staging of Military
Personnel and
Equipment
(Camps, road transport
of troops and
equipment including
large convoys)
Specific
locations
outside of
Defence
land
Follow Standard Operating Procedures.
Issue awareness cards and briefing on environmental
protocols for TS13.
Weed survey and control before establishing camps.
Community instructions on planned road movements.
Ports: Cargo
(Explosives)
Transfers
Port Alma
Port of
Darwin
Port Alma selected for approved port for handling of
explosives.
Procedure for ammunition handling and accounting
supplemented with operator training and equipment
maintenance (including factory testing of ammunition
safety mechanisms).
Ports: Cargo
(Liquid) Transfers
All Ports Provision of spill containment equipment.
Management response plans including GBRMP reef plan
(and GBRMPA standard guidelines on spill containment),
and Central Queensland Ports Authority plan.
Operator training including procedure briefing to all US
ships officers.
Visiting US Naval
Vessels
All Ports Implementation of quarantine procedures to mitigate
introduction of marine pests including:
Offshore inspections.
Ship hull inspections and cleaning.
Anti-fouling coatings on hulls.
Ballast water exchanges.
5.4 Detailed Management Actions for Areas of Concern
This section details the management actions to mitigate potential impacts that are of concern to the
community, particularly with respect to Australian – US combined exercises such as Talisman Sabre.
These areas of concern were identified in the community consultation undertaken for previous
exercises.
5.4.1 Quarantine
Department of Agriculture, Fisheries and Forestry (DAFF) Biosecurity (formerly The Australian
Quarantine and Inspection Service (AQIS)) is responsible for maintaining biosecurity within Australia.
All foreign visitors, including US Military personnel must comply with Biosecurity requirements and
specific quarantine controls and inspections apply to all vessels, aircraft and equipment being
introduced into Australia including that proposed for use during TS13. Biosecurity has established
guidelines and resources for administering quarantine for ADF and foreign military activities, which is
managed by the National Coordination Centre – Military.
p 54
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
As occurred during the TS11 exercise, Biosecurity officers will travel to offshore locations to pre-inspect
US military equipment prior to arriving in Australia for the exercise. This will assist in meeting the short
timeframe requirements of the US military for clearance and will prevent Australian-based Biosecurity
facilities from being overloaded. The Biosecurity website also provides information to assist US military
units and personnel to comply with Australian quarantine requirements, including requirements for
ships and aircraft, vessel refuse, cleaning, food and mail.
5.4.2 Waste Management
Management of waste, both on land and at sea, increases in logistical complexity with larger training
activities such as TS13, due to the large number of personnel and diversity of activities. Training Area
Standing Orders include directives in accordance with Defence Instructions and Australian guidelines,
including those described as follows:
Solid waste is not to be buried, burnt or left on training areas;
All solid waste materials must be taken and disposed of in designated waste collection facilities;
Reticulated sewage systems are used to manage human waste at main camping areas;
Specific storage areas for petrol, oils, lubricants and ammunition must be utilised; and
Maritime dumping of waste is carried out in accordance with RAN Standard Operating Procedures
that meet or exceed Australian Maritime Policy.
Hazardous wastes are primarily related to vehicle or equipment maintenance activities (e.g. oil and
battery changes) which would mostly occur at ports or bases prior to deployment for the exercise, thus
the generation of hazardous wastes during TS13 will be relatively limited. Any hazardous wastes
generated by warships will be contained within these ships and will not be discharged at sea as
specified in accordance with Basel Convention obligations. Nuclear powered warships do not
generate any radioactive waste.
In addition to the existing Standing Orders a waste management strategy will be prepared for the
TS13 exercise, as part of the EMP. This will include the provision of waste collection facilities that
enable the separation of recyclables. Waste will only be disposed by participants in allocated areas.
Measures to reduce water consumption associated with the exercise activities will be implemented
without compromising the training objectives or the health and safety of exercise participants
5.4.3 Land and Water Contamination
All users of Defence training areas are required to adhere to Training Area Standing Orders and
exercise specific Environmental Clearance Certificates to ensure compliance with Defence policy and
Commonwealth legislation including the EPBC Act. Environmental Clearance Certificates specify the
environmental mitigation and management requirements for each training activity and must be
approved before the training can commence. The Training Area Standing Orders detail procedures for
water resource protection and pollution prevention.
Such procedures include:
Shoalwater Bay Training Area:
Under the SWBTA Standing Orders, the Capricorn Coast Water Catchment Area is defined as a
‘Conditional Use’ area, which prohibits potentially contaminating activities such as refuelling,
vehicle servicing and maintenance, field latrines, shower points, field kitchens and sullage
disposal.
The Standing Orders also prohibit any significant land disturbance or engineering works within
the Capricorn Coast Water Catchment Area, and any use of the area is subject to the approval
of Defence’s SWBTA environmental officers.
No use of high explosives is allowed within the Capricorn Coast Catchment Area.
p 55
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
Mount Bundey Training Area and Bradshaw Field Training Area:
No field camps, administrative / maintenance, refuelling areas, portable toilets or latrines,
disposal of grey water or burying of human waste is permitted within 200 m of a watercourse
(flowing or dry).
Spillage of petrol, oil or other potentially hazardous material to be reported to Range Control
immediately.
Water pollution is to be reported to Range Control Immediately.
Storage and handling requirements for POL and chemicals are specified in Standard Operating
Procedures.
Refuelling facilities are on hardstands and bunded with provision of POL spill clean-up kits.
Annual water quality monitoring is conducted at Shoalwater Bay Training Area, Townsville Field
Training Area, Mount Bundey Training Area and Cowley Beach Training Area.
5.4.4 Weed Management
Weed management, both preventing the introduction and dispersal, and control of weed infestations is
carried out on all Defence estates. Information on preventing introduction and dispersal is provided to
personnel by environmental awareness cards and weed prevention activities are specified in Training
Area Standing Orders. Additionally vehicle hygiene facilities including dedicated wash bays are located
at Training Areas, Barracks and other Defence facilities.
Mechanisms used for weed management include the following:
Inspection of ADF and US Armed Forces vehicles prior to entry and departure to training areas.
This includes the cleaning of all vehicles, equipment and vehicle loads prior to entry into the
Training Area at wash-down facilities. This also includes contractor vehicles;
Vehicles, boots and equipment must also be clean and free from contaminants;
Demarcation of ‘No Go’ areas where access is restricted due to safety, heritage or environmental
values or threats. For example areas of weed infestation are clearly marked on maps and
signposted as ‘no go’ areas to prevent dispersal; and
Weed surveys are regularly conducted and weed management plans developed that include
recommendations for management and priority areas for control.
5.4.5 Whales and Other Cetaceans
Both Australia and the US take the need to protect marine mammals from the effects of underwater
sound sources very seriously. RAN and US Navy ships are fitted with different types of mid-frequency
active sonar systems used in anti-submarine warfare and strict procedures, detailed in the RAN
Maritime Activities EMP, govern their use in Australian waters. In international waters, the US Navy
has strict procedures that apply to the systems that are fitted to US Navy ships. These procedures are
consistent with the Joint Statement of Environment and Heritage Principles.
As specified in the Maritime Activities EMP, during the planning phase preference is given to avoiding
known active whale migration times and aggregation areas. Training requirements are balanced with
regulatory obligations and environmental best practice measures to ensure potential impacts to
cetaceans are avoided.
A series of specific Procedure Cards to avoid impacts on marine cetaceans have been developed as
part the Maritime Activities EMP and are used during training exercises. There are several Procedure
Cards for operation of sensor systems, including operation of Anti-Submarine Warfare active sonars,
towed array sonars, minehunting sonars, mine and obstacle avoidance sonars, hydrographic survey
sonars, diver operated sonars, active sonobuoys and miscellaneous active sonars.
p 56
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
These procedures are among the most stringent in the world. Specific mitigation measures include:
ASW active sonars:
To the greatest extent possible avoid sonar transmissions with source levels above 210dB:
within30nm of the coastline in East Australia Exercise Area over the period May to September;
and the Capricorn Channel, SWBTA and the North Australian Exercise Area over the period July
to September
Maintain effective lookout for whales from the ship out to a range of 3,600 metres beginning 30
minutes before commencing transmission. Monitor any whales sighted in this period
Ensure at least a 3,600 metres separation between the ship and nearest whale at
commencement and during sonar transmission
Suspend sonar transmissions if a whale is sighted less than 3,600 metres from the ship.
Minehunting, mine and obstacle avoidance and hydrographic survey sonars:
Maintain effective lookout for whales in area of ship out to a range of 900 metres beginning 30
minutes before commencing transmission. Monitor any whales sighted in this period
Ensure at least a 900 metres separation between ship and nearest whale at commencement
and during sonar transmission
Suspend sonar transmissions if whale is sighted less than 900 metres from ship.
Both Australian and US procedures require sonar equipment to be powered down or shut down if
whales are sighted and get too close to ships. All TS13 anti-submarine warfare exercises will be
conducted far out to sea in deep water away from known concentrations of whales, migratory routes or
the seabed features likely to attract whales. Overall, given the steps that will be in place, the risk of
cetaceans (particularly whales) being adversely affected by sonar transmissions is considered low.
5.4.6 Sensitive Vegetation and Habitats
Training activities, including land manoeuvres, live fire activities and amphibious landings have the
potential to impact on significant vegetation communities and flora and fauna species. Ecological
surveys and monitoring has been undertaken for key training areas, including Shoalwater Bay Training
Area, Townsville Field Training Area, Cowley Beach Training Area, Bradshaw Field Training Area and
Mount Bundey Training Area. The Training Area Standing Orders specify procedures for the protection
of flora and fauna, including:
Vegetation clearing is prohibited unless specifically approved by REO via an ECC;
Interfering with or deliberately killing / wounding any fauna is prohibited; and
No training in fauna protection areas unless specifically approved by the REO. At Shoalwater Bay
Training Area, areas include Akens Island (migratory birds), Pelican Rock (pelicans), Bay Island
(corals) and Leicester Island (Beach-stone Curlews). Aircraft are also not permitted to overfly
Akens Island, Pelican Rock and Bay Island.
Environmental Clearance Certificates are required for all activities including those that require
clearing of vegetation. Environmental Clearance Certificates specify the environmental mitigation and
management requirements for each training activity and must be approved before the training can
commence.
5.4.7 Low Flying Aircraft Noise
The RAAF Aircraft Operations EMP Environmental Planning Handbook is the primary reference for
noise sensitive areas and low altitude flight. A consolidated list will be promulgated in the Airspace
Management Plan to avoid known noise sensitive areas. Training Area Standing Orders require the
provisions on low flying to be observed for all training exercises including TS13.
p 57
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
Controls include prohibitions for over flights in ‘Restricted Areas’, for example:
Shoalwater Bay Training Area Standing Orders specify that flying directly over the Byfield,
Stockyard Point and Marlborough communities be avoided and restrictions from flying over
sensitive fauna areas noted as Pelicans Rock, Akens Island and Bay Island;
Townsville Field Training Area Standing Orders specify that flying directly over the Herveys Range
community at Thorntons Gap and neighbouring cattle property homesteads must be avoided. A
2km noise buffer is to be established around the Paynes Lagoon, Fanning River and Dotswood
homesteads and all adjacent residences;
Mount Bundey Training Area Standing Orders specify that there are noise buffer zones over
Arnhem and Barramundi, Kakadu and Annaburroo sectors; and
Delamere Range Facility SIs specify that low flying over the Range Control Centre (RCC) complex
is to be avoided by 150m horizontally or 150m vertically, no other restrictions are specified in the
SIs.
5.4.8 Jamming Signals
Jamming of specific military radio frequencies may be exercised during TS13 in which case Specific
Spectrum Management Agency controls (on approval from the Chief Safety Officer) will be applied to
avoid disturbance to domestic and emergency services communication networks.
5.4.9 Fire
The firing of live ammunition, use of explosives, off road vehicle manoeuvres and general vehicle and
troop activity all increases the potential for bushfires to occur in training areas during TS13. Fire is
acknowledged as a high risk for the management of training areas and Defence has established formal
Fire Management Strategies for each of the training areas involved in TS13. Management includes
periodic hazard reduction burning to reduce the level of fuel loads, as well as the construction and
maintenance of fire breaks.
In addition, live firing is restricted to designated target areas to ensure risk of fire is reduced. Some
types of ammunition firing will also be restricted during periods of high fire danger.
5.4.10 Oil Pollution
The risk of oil pollution from maritime activities is reduced as much as possible through adherence to
Standard Operating Procedures and the use of Maritime Activities EMP Procedure Cards that provide
guidance on risk reduction for marine pollution for specific activities. These include sea disposal of
garbage, sewage and oily wastes, replenishment at sea and refuelling at anchor. These procedures
are among the most stringent in the world. In addition, any spill greater than 80 L (5 L within the GBR
Marine Park) must be reported and information on procedures provided. This includes information on
response resources, both military and civilian that can respond to a spill and how quickly.
5.4.11 Heritage
Due to the restricted public access and the relatively low intensity of land use within the majority of
land within Training Areas, most contain intact indigenous heritage sites. European Heritage sites can
also occur, although the latter is not as common, particularly for Training Areas that have been
managed by Defence for a long period of time and have remained undeveloped. These training areas
often possess considerable natural heritage values, usually because areas surrounding them have
been progressively cleared for agriculture or urban development, modified for other purposes or under-
resourced for land management.
p 58
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
While training activities, including land manoeuvres, live firing activities and amphibious landings have
the potential to impact on sites or artefacts of cultural heritage significance, the likelihood is low
because these sites are recognised by Defence and management controls implemented to protect
them. Archaeological surveys and heritage assessments have been undertaken for the key training
areas of TS13, including Shoalwater Bay Training Area, Townsville Field Training Area, Cowley Beach
Training Area, Bradshaw Field Training Area and Mount Bundey Training Area.
Both known and unknown Indigenous cultural heritage sites and artefacts are provided for in the
Training Area Standing Orders, which specify the protection mechanism. This ranges from avoidance
and notification, in the event that a possible indigenous artefact is found, to recognised sites and buffer
areas specified as no go areas. Additionally, Range Control maintains a database of all recorded
archaeological sites, which must be consulted prior to any clearing or excavation activities.
5.4.12 Nuclear Activities and Prohibited Weapons
The TS13 exercise does not include any activities that involve the use of depleted uranium or nuclear
munitions or weapons.
Depleted Uranium
No depleted uranium munitions will be used during TS13. Depleted uranium munitions are not
in the ADF inventory and their use is prohibited in all military exercises in Australia.
Nuclear Activities
No nuclear, chemical, biological or radiological munitions will be used during TS13. Nuclear
powered submarines and an aircraft carrier will be participating and these may or may not
have nuclear weapons on board. For security reasons, it has been the long-standing policy of
the United States Government to never confirm or deny the presence of nuclear weapons on
board their ships.
5.4.13 Nuclear Powered Vessels
Nuclear powered submarines and a nuclear powered aircraft carrier will be participating in the TS13
exercise. These will be operating in the Coral, Timor and Arafura Seas within specific designated areas
of operation. Members of the US Navy operating nuclear powered vessels have a high record of safety
and professionalism.
There are a number of provisions for emergency response in the event of a release of radioactive
materials from a nuclear warship. Emergency response provisions for a release in a port or anchorage
is addressed through the Defence Operations Manual (OPSMAN 1): visits to Australia by nuclear-
powered warships. OPSMAN 1 provides clear guidance on the actions required by Commonwealth
and State agencies during nuclear warship visits to Australian ports.
Visits of nuclear powered warships to Australian ports are permitted only to berths and anchorages
that have been assessed as suitable by the Visiting Ships Panel (Nuclear) (VSP(N)). The VSP(N)
consists of representatives from a range of Commonwealth Government Departments, Defence,
Australian Nuclear Science and Technology Organisation (ANSTO), Australian Radiation Protection
and Nuclear Safety Agency (ARPANSA), The Department of Sustainability, Environment, Water,
Population and Communities (DSEWPaC), the Attorney General's Department, and Emergency
Management Australia. Within Queensland and the NT, only Gladstone, Brisbane and Darwin are
approved for visits (Darwin for submarines only). Each of these ports has a safety plan that covers
emergency response to nuclear accidents, as well as radiation monitoring during visits. Each port’s
suitability and management plan are re-assessed by the VSP(N) every two years.
p 59
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
Each State and Territory has its own disaster response arrangements that apply to visits to ports.
Within Queensland, Emergency Management Queensland (EMQ) is responsible for coordinating
emergency response, as well as coordinating radiation monitoring during nuclear warship visits.
Prevention and response is planned through EMQ’s Nuclear Powered Warship Visits Committee.
The ‘2000 Reference Accident Used to Assess the Suitability of Australian Ports for Visits by Nuclear
Powered Warships’ indicates that the distance within which emergency protection for the public is
required is limited to a few kilometres in the vicinity of the warship. The report of the 2000 Reference
Accident was prepared for the VSP(N) by ARPANSA, and assesses the impacts posed by a full core
meltdown in a Nimitz class aircraft carrier (http://www.arpansa.gov.au/RadiationProtection/Emergencies/npw.cfm).
Although the 2000 Reference Accident indicates that no emergency plan is required for nuclear
warships out to sea, Defence recognises the concern amongst the community and commits to two
management measures for TS13:
The TS13 EMP specifies that any release of radioactive materials (either actual or imminent) from
a nuclear powered warship is to be reported immediately to the ADF, which will communicate this
immediately to the Australian Government. The US Navy and the ADF will provide support to the
relevant Government agencies as required to minimise any impacts to human health or the
environment; and
Radiation monitoring will be undertaken during all visits of nuclear powered warships to Australian
ports, the results of which will be included in the 2013 – 2014 edition of the VSP(N) Annual
Report.
5.4.14 Capricorn Coast Water Catchment Area
Concern has previously been expressed at the potential for contamination within the Capricorn Coast
Water Catchment Area. Shoalwater Bay Training Area Standing Orders prohibits the use of high
explosives, vehicle maintenance and refuelling in this catchment. Specific aspects of potential
contamination into this water catchment area are addressed as follows. Note that most of the
environmental controls are relevant to all areas used during TS13, not just Shoalwater Bay Training
Area.
5.4.14.1 High Explosive Residues
Wind-borne dispersal of contaminants into the catchment is highly unlikely. Studies of the residues
from high explosives has been found that less than 1% of the explosives used remains, with the
majority of explosive compounds consumed in the explosion (Hewitt, et al., 2003). At Shoalwater Bay
Training Area, the prevailing winds during May and June are from the west, south, south-east and east
(Yeppoon meteorological data), therefore, any airborne residues from high explosives within
designated impact areas during the exercise would generally be dispersed into Shoalwater Bay
Training Area or out to sea, rather than into the water catchment. If unusual wind patterns resulted in
traces of residues being deposited into the catchment, they would be diffused over the catchment
area, promoting attenuation by natural physical, chemical and / or biological processes. Considering
the above factors, the risk posed by airborne high explosive residues to the Capricorn Coast Water
Catchment Area is considered very low.
5.4.14.2 Aircraft Crashes
The likelihood of aircraft crashes occurring during TS13 is very low. For example, there have so far
been a total of eight F-111 (now withdrawn from service) and four F/A-18 crashes worldwide since the
aircraft were introduced to the ADF in 1973 and 1985, respectively. In the event of an aircraft crash
over the land, the impact is likely to be localised, with most of the remaining fuel burning off due to the
crash.
p 60
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
The hazardous components of the aircraft (e.g. from avionics and batteries) are present in relatively
minor quantities and would be scattered over the crash site, and subject to natural transformation,
dispersal and dissipation processes. Any crashes would be responded to immediately by Defence,
with the aircraft wreckage removed and the site (including any contaminated soil) remediated as far as
practicable. The likelihood of a crash occurring in the immediate vicinity of a waterway and thus
directly impacting on water quality is very low. Although large transport aircraft would carry larger fuel
loads, these aircraft have lower crash rates due to greater engine redundancy and avoiding high risk
manoeuvres (e.g. dives and dog fighting). Operations of large transport infrastructure in the vicinity
of the Capricorn Cost Water Catchment Area will be limited. Given the low likelihood of a crash
occurring, the relatively localised impact from crashes, the risk posed to the Capricorn Coast Water
Catchment Area is very low.
5.4.14.3 Aircraft Fuel Dumping
The likelihood of high altitude aerial fuel dumping resulting in measurable ground deposition would be
low, due to the dispersion and turbulence from the aircraft flight, and the volatilisation that would occur
prior to the fuel reaching the ground. Standard practice is to conduct any emergency fuel dumping at a
high altitude (e.g. above 6,000 ft).
Dumping at a lower altitude would occur only in an exceptional emergency and would be very unlikely.
The deposition would be very diffuse due to the large distance over which the fuel is spread (e.g.
several kilometres) and the volatilisation that occurs prior to the fuel reaching the ground. Much of the
deposited fuel would volatilise (vaporise) within a short period, particularly if there are dry ground
conditions as would be expected during May to June. The risk posed to the Capricorn Coast Water
Catchment Area is thus expected to be very low.
5.4.14.4 Fires aboard Vessels
The likelihood of a fire occurring aboard a Navy vessel resulting in a release of hazardous materials to
the atmosphere that causes impacts to the Capricorn Coast Water Catchment supply is very low. The
potential for accidents, potential impacts and management controls for US nuclear warships are
outlined in a Fact Sheet on US Nuclear Powered Warship Safety, available at:
http://www.mofa.go.jp/region/n-america/us/security/others.html
5.4.14.5 Fires within SWBTA
Fire is a normal part of the Australian Landscape. The likelihood of an uncontrolled fire within
Shoalwater Bay Training Area during TS13 is minimised through the Shoalwater Bay Training Area
Fire Management Strategy and on-going fire management program including firebreaks and
prescribed burning. As evidenced in the results of the water quality monitoring undertaken at
Shoalwater Bay Training Area, there have been no measurable impacts on the water quality of creeks
and streams within Shoalwater Bay Training Area, or the Capricorn Coast Water Catchment Area.
p 61
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
Table 11 outlines the key training areas to be utilised during TS13. Detailed information on each
training area is discussed in the following sections. Figure 1 provides an overview of the training area
locations.
Table 11 | TS13 Key Training Areas
TS13 Key Training Areas
Training Area Description
Shoalwater Bay Training Area (SWBTA)
Shoalwater Bay Training Area covers approximately 454,500 ha with its southern boundary located 50 km north of Rockhampton. The area includes both terrestrial and marine environments and is registered on the Commonwealth Heritage List (CHL). A significant component of the marine environment is encompassed within the Great Barrier Reef World Heritage Area (GBRWHA) and Marine Park (GBRMP). The site also contains Ramsar listed wetlands.
Townsville Field Training Area (TFTA)
Townsville Field Training Area covers approximately 208,000 ha and is located 50 km southwest of Townsville. The north eastern and eastern boundaries follow the escarpments of the Paluma and Herveys Ranges. The south-eastern part of Townsville Field Training Area is within the Townsville City Council local authority area. The western boundary lies west of Star River. The southern boundary generally follows a line from south of Dotswood Homestead site to Fanning River Station.
Cowley Beach Training Area (CBTA)
Cowley Beach Training Area is located in the wet tropics region on the north Queensland coast, immediately north of the township of Inarlinga and approximately 40 km south of Innisfail. It includes both terrestrial and marine environments and comprises 5,081 ha of land, 8 km of beaches and includes Lindquist Island (located approximately 1 km offshore).
Saumarez Reef Saumarez Reef is a Defence training area located approximately 330 km north east of Gladstone, within the Coral Sea.
Canungra Military Area
Canungra Military Area, located in the hinterland of the Gold Coast Qld, consists of a cantonment and field training area. The Coomera River passes through the property to physically separate these two functional areas. The property is characterised by undulating terrain – in the field training area the terrain is rugged and of substantial vegetation.
Delamere Range Facility (DRF)
Delamere Range Facility is primarily an air weapons range and covers 211,200 ha, located 125 km southwest of Katherine in the Northern Territory. The Delamere Range Facility is bounded by the Buntine Highway to the west and pastoral leases to the north, east and south.
6 Key Training Areas
p 62
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
TS13 Key Training Areas
Training Area Description
Bradshaw Field Training Area (BFTA)
Bradshaw Field Training Area covers approximately 871,000 ha and is located near Timber Creek, 600km by road south-west of Darwin in the Northern Territory. The training area is bound to the north by the Fitzmaurice River and Wombungi Station, to the west by the Joseph Bonaparte Gulf, by the Victoria River to the south, and to the east by pastoral properties. The Bradshaw Field Training Area is registered on the Commonwealth Heritage List.
Mount Bundey Training Area (MBTA)
Mount Bundey Training Area covers approximately 117,300 ha and is located approximately 115 km south east of Darwin in the Northern Territory. The Mount Bundey Training Area is bounded by the Arnhem Highway to the north, Mary River and the proposed Mary River National Park to the west, and Kakadu National Park to the east and south. The Mount Bundey Training Area comprises terrestrial environments and is registered on the Commonwealth Heritage List.
Coral Sea Maritime operations (transits and training) will be conducted in the Coral Sea in the southwest part of the Pacific Ocean, between Australia, New Guinea and Vanuatu, which includes the Great Barrier Reef World Heritage Area. The Coral Sea activities will largely occur in International Waters. Maritime assets will gather East of Townsville prior to activities commencing in the Coral Sea approximately 300 nautical miles east to north-east of Shoalwater Bay Training Area.
Timor and Arafura Seas
Potential carrier operations, Maritime transits and training will be conducted in the Timor and Arafura Seas to the west of the Indian Ocean, between the north coast of Australia, Timor Leste and Papua New Guinea.
6.1 Shoalwater Bay Training Area
6.1.1 Description of the Area
Shoalwater Bay Training area is located northeast of Rockhampton and north of Yeppoon on the
Central Queensland coast. The closest community to the training area is the township of Byfield,
located near the south-eastern border of the training area. A locality map showing Shoalwater Bay
Training Area is provided in Figure 5.
Shoalwater Bay Training Area is recognised as the ADF’s most important area for the conduct of
amphibious and combined arms exercises due to its accessible coastline. Exercise activities are
undertaken on a regular basis at the training area, by both Australian and International contingencies,
including the Singapore Defence Forces.
Facilities at Shoalwater Bay Training Area includes several airfields, helicopter landing points,
parachute drop- zones, camps and associated infrastructure (food preparation building, administration
building, gravel car parks, tent sites, helipads). Support facilities include, sewage treatment plants,
generators, fuelling and waste transfer stations.
The main point of entry and exit into the training area is via the Green Route, which commences at the
intersection of the Bruce Highway and Raspberry Creek Road, adjacent to the Glen Geddes railway
siding (60 km north of Rockhampton). The Green Route follows the Raspberry Creek Road for a
distance of approximately 30 km to the training area boundary gate. There are three other entry and
exit points into Shoalwater Bay Training Area. However, use of other routes may only occur as
approved by Range Control.
Shoalwater Bay Training Area
Figure 5: Locality MapShoalwater Bay Training Area Queensland° 0 5Kilometers
2Version:
P:\GI
S\Proj
ects\
2302
64_T
alism
an_S
abre\
Regio
nal_L
ocali
ty_Ma
p.mxd
24
/08/20
12 14
:38
Notes: Sources: Esri, DeLorme, NAVTEQ, TomTom, USGS, Intermap, iPC, NRCAN, Esri Japan, METI, Esri China (Hong Kong), Esri (Thailand).
Legend
Job No: 230264
Date: 24/08/2012Autho
r: Moo
reNK
Coordinate System: GCS GDA 1994
A4 scale: 1:800,000
Training Area Boundary
p 64
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
6.1.2 Environmental Values
Shoalwater Bay Training Area has high biological diversity and a well-preserved environment. The
site comprises coastal and sub-coastal aquatic landscapes and ecosystems, many of which are
relatively undisturbed habitat areas for significant flora and fauna. Fire effects and management are
recognised as a major determinant of habitat structure and landscape sustainability.
The State of Environment Report (Defence 2008) indicates that the Shoalwater Bay Training Area is
in a relatively natural state, with almost 100% vegetation cover. Prior to Defence acquisition in 1965,
the Shoalwater Bay Training Area was used for grazing, logging and gold mining. There is evidence of
vegetation regeneration from these land uses since Defence occupation. Much of the surrounding
area has since been cleared and Shoalwater Bay Training Area is now one of the largest remaining
natural areas in the Central Coast region of Queensland.
A significant component of Shoalwater Bay Training Area is the marine area, which comprises areas
identified as part of the Great Barrier Reef World Heritage Area, as well as numerous islands within
the Marine Park. It also forms part of the Shoalwater Bay Ramsar site, which is also listed in the
Directory of Important Wetlands. A description of the environmental attributes of Shoalwater Bay
Training Area are summarised in Table 12.
An annual Landscape Monitoring Program is undertaken at Shoalwater Bay Training Area which
includes monitoring of climate, water quality, aquatic habitat condition, vegetation condition, native
terrestrial fauna, feral fauna, weeds, water quality and fire. A water quality monitoring program is
undertaken annually by the Queensland Department of Environment and Heritage Protection (DEHP).
Table 12 | Key Environmental Values of Shoalwater Bay Training Area
Key Environmental Values of Shoalwater Bay Training Area
Environmental Value
Description
Geology, soils and topography
Shoalwater Bay Training Area has a rich variety of landscapes and
seascapes. The main landscape types comprise hilly to mountainous terrain,
Aeolian sand dunes, undulating and rolling terrain and flat alluvial areas.
Marine and aquatic environment
Mangrove habitats are located on the southern and western fringes of the
Clinton Peninsula.
Several freshwater creeks and wetlands occur. These are characterised by
annual flooding resulting in variable water levels, low diversity of aquatic
plants and increased turbidity in the deeper pools. Most freshwater wetlands
are located in or adjacent to the sand dune areas.
Ephemeral freshwater wetlands include Dismal Swamp, Freshwater Swamp
and Clinton Low Lands.
Flora and vegetation
Shoalwater Bay Training Area contains moderate terrestrial flora diversity
represented in grasslands, forests and woodlands, heathlands, coastal and
dune vegetation and swamplands. Species lists are provided in Appendix C.
Based on the vegetation units mapped by the Queensland Herbarium there
are 68 regional ecosystems present within the Shoalwater Bay Training Area
(Defence 2008). Forty-four of these are Central Queensland Coast regional
ecosystems and 24 are in the Brigalow Belt. Three of the Central
Queensland Coast regional ecosystems and one of the Brigalow Belt
regional ecosystems only occur in the Shoalwater Bay – Byfield area.
Two of the regional ecosystems are listed as threatened ecological
communities under the EPBC Act.
p 65
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
Key Environmental Values of Shoalwater Bay Training Area
Environmental Value
Description
The extreme tidal range (> 7m) and extensive intertidal zone supports large
intertidal wetlands from saltpans and mangroves to intertidal mud and sand
flats.
Several weeds species are present including Rubber Vine, Lantana and
Parthenium. Two weed species were newly identified in the area in 2011.
These are Asystasia gangetica subsp. Micrantha (Nees) Ensermu (also
known as the Chinese Violet) and the Indigofera vohemarensis Baill. The
Chinese Violet in particular is noted as being on the Weed alert list as it is
considered to be a Sleeper weed.
Fauna and flora habitat
Intertidal wetlands provide habitat for migratory birds, fish species, crustacea,
marine turtles and dugongs. Shoalwater Bay Training Area is an important
wader migration stopover, has relatively large coastal raptor populations and
supports the largest east coast Green Turtle feeding area in the region. It has
also had the largest dugong population in the southern Great Barrier Reef
since 1987. Species lists are provided in Appendix C.
Sixteen species of migratory shorebirds were recorded at Shoalwater Bay
Training Area in 2007 (GHD, 2007) across 69 roosts. The most abundant
species were Bar-tailed Godwit, Grey- tailed Tattler and Whimbrel. The most
important roosts at Shoalwater Bay Training Area in 2007 were Port Clinton,
southern Shoalwater Bay and Island Head Creek (Jaensch, 2008). The
migratory shorebirds that occur at Shoalwater Bay Training Area breed in the
northern hemisphere during the northern spring-summer (May-July) and
spend the non-breeding period in Australia and nearby regions during the
southern summer (Jan-Feb). Southward migration occurs in the period
August-November and northward migration in March-April. As migratory
shorebirds are expected to be in their northern breeding grounds during the
TS13 exercise in July, there is a low likelihood of impact by the TS13
exercise activities.
Shoalwater Bay provides important feeding habitat for Green turtles, however
is not recognised as a key nesting area. In the southern Great Barrier Reef,
mating begins in October and nesting occurs between October and March,
peaking in January; therefore there is a low likelihood of impact on nesting
turtles by the TS13 exercise which is planned to occur in July.
Feral fauna including horses, cattle, pigs, cats, foxes and rabbits are known
to occur.
Indigenous heritage
Shoalwater Bay Training Area was occupied by the Darumbal people prior to
European settlement in 1855. Finds of cultural significance at the Training
Area include stone artefact quarries and a scarred tree.
The dune systems, mangroves and mudflat areas have relatively higher
densities of cultural heritage sites. Indigenous significant sites are located in
a number of areas including Sabina Point, Freshwater Beach and Dismal
Sector.
p 66
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
Key Environmental Values of Shoalwater Bay Training Area
Environmental Value
Description
European heritage
European heritage sites include the Sturzaker Monument, and a number of
historic sites, burial sites and Jubilee mine.
Natural heritage Shoalwater Bay Training Area is listed on the National Heritage List and the
Commonwealth Heritage List as a Listed Place.
The marine component of Shoalwater Bay Training Area is located within the
Great Barrier Reef World Heritage Area.
Social environment
Shoalwater Bay Training Area is surrounded by neighbouring pastoral
properties and pine plantations.
The conduct of large-scale military exercises generates significant economic
activity for Rockhampton.
Access roads, access to marine areas, noise and dust, feral animal control,
noxious weeds and fire management are all issues of concern to neighbours.
Matter of National Environmental Significance
The Great Barrier Reef Marine Park is listed under the EPBC as a Matter of
National Environmental Significance.
World Heritage Properties: marine section of Shoalwater Bay Training Area is
included in the Great Barrier Reef World Heritage Area.
National Heritage List (Legal Status – Registered) and Commonwealth
Heritage List (Legal Status – Listed Place).
Wetlands of International Importance: Shoalwater Bay Training Area
freshwater and intertidal wetlands are part of an internationally significant site
under the Ramsar Convention.
Listed Threatened Species or Communities, Migratory Species: Shoalwater
Bay Training Area contains two threatened ecological communities, the
Semi-evergreen vine thickets of the Brigalow Belt, and Littoral rainforest and
coastal vine thickets of Eastern Australia. It is also habitat for a number of
nationally threatened species (terrestrial, aquatic and marine) including 10
plant species, 31 fauna species and 4 listed species of shark, and supports
high populations of migratory waders and shorebirds. This includes species
with a high level of public concern such as Koala, Whales and Dugong.
The Koala (Phascolarctos cinereus) has only recently been nationally listed
as vulnerable, and is the most significant new listing since TS11. Species
lists are provided in Appendix C.
p 67
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
6.1.3 Planned Activities
Table 13 provides a summary of the training activities to be undertaken in the Shoalwater Bay Training
Area as part of TS13. Note that maritime activities primarily occur in the East Australian Maritime
Exercise Area in the vicinity of Shoalwater Bay. It is emphasised that these planned exercises are
representative of those activities undertaken at Shoalwater Bay Training Area as part of the ongoing
ADF training program.
Table 13 | TS13 Planned Activities at Shoalwater Bay Training Area
TS13 Planned Activities at Shoalwater Bay Training Area
Sphere TS13 Planned Activities
Maritime Routine passage and manoeuvres of ships and other small watercraft
Fire-fighting exercises
Refuelling at anchor
Anchoring
Amphibious landings, including Joint Logistics Over The Shore activities
(movement of stores and equipment from ship to shore)
Vehicle manoeuvre in the coastal zone on the beach and dedicated
routes/assembly areas.
Use of countermeasure systems
Weapons practice (submarine torpedo firings will be conducted in International
Waters)
Use of explosive demolition charges, including mine disposal charges
Use of acoustic decoys and pingers
Ship to shore pipeline operations
Use of floating fuel bladders (water used instead of fuel)
Air Air combat and intercept training (<1,000 ft)
Flying aircraft including low-level (<1,000 ft) and supersonic flights
Use of aircraft-deployed countermeasures
Helicopter flying including low-level (<1000 ft), take off/landing and troop
insertions
Emergency dumping of fuel and jettisoning of stores from aircraft (emergency
situations only)
Aircraft gunnery
Live firing of weapons (gunnery, missile and rocket firing, bombing)
Use of aircraft radar and lasers
Land Deployment of personnel/equipment (by land and sea)
Live firing from indirect fire weapons, armoured vehicles and infantry - firing of
ammunition, tank main armaments, small arms, fire support weapons
Establishment and maintenance of target areas and gun positions including
vegetation clearance/management, access and temporary/permanent
infrastructure
Logistics support (facilities, camp sites, infrastructure etc.)
Construction and maintenance (roads, bridges, route clearance)
Detection and removal of unexploded ordnance (UXO)
Tactical manoeuvres and battle runs
Storage and movement of ammunition to the training area
Use of lasers
p 68
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
TS13 Planned Activities at Shoalwater Bay Training Area
Sphere TS13 Planned Activities
Deployment of smoke canisters
Use of flares and pyrotechnics and battle noise simulation
Military operations in urban terrain
Demolition practices
Road cratering practices
Explosive obstacle clearing
Defensive training against nuclear, biological and chemical warfare (does not
include use of these weapons)
Putrescible / non-putrescible, sewerage and grey water collection, treatment
and disposal
Establishment and operation of fuel farms, field workshops, field medical
facilities, field power generation and distribution, fuel distribution
Internal road and track movements by vehicles including armoured wheeled
and tracked
Other miscellaneous activities.
Non-ADF Vehicle convoys in transit by road to / from Shoalwater Bay Training Area.
6.1.4 Potential Risks and Impacts
A summary of the potential impacts associated with these activities is provided in Table 14.
Table 14 | Potential Impacts at Shoalwater Bay Training Area
Potential Impacts at Shoalwater Bay Training Area
Environmental Aspect
Potential Impacts
Marine environment
Damage or disturbance to marine flora or fauna (e.g. seagrass beds,
mangroves and/or coral reefs) due to anchoring or accidental grounding of
vessels, especially in sensitive areas
Erosion or scouring of marine sediments during amphibious landings
Accidental physical and/or psychological harm to marine fauna caused by
collisions from vessel manoeuvres and amphibious landings
Pollution to marine environments and subsequent impacts to marine flora
and fauna due to vessel accidents resulting in oil and/or fuel spills
Degradation of water quality and subsequent impacts to marine flora and
fauna due to accidental or inappropriate release of liquid waste (e.g. bilge
water, effluent, oils) from vessels
Pollution to marine environments and subsequent impacts to marine flora
and fauna (e.g. death of fauna due to plastic bag ingestion) due to
inappropriate disposal of solid waste (e.g. litter) from vessels
Disturbance to marine fauna due to noise emissions from small vessels
manoeuvring inshore
Damage to marine habitat (e.g. seagrass beds, mangroves) from operation
of small vessels inshore
Disturbance to marine fauna via noise emissions from low flying aircraft
Damage or disturbance to marine flora and fauna from the use of high
explosive ordnance (e.g. ship and aircraft live firing)
p 69
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
Potential Impacts at Shoalwater Bay Training Area
Environmental Aspect
Potential Impacts
Disturbance or harm to marine fauna due to underwater noise emissions
from use of high explosive ordnance or explosive demolition charges
Degradation of water quality due to the release of contaminants from solid
waste
Introduction of marine pests by visiting vessels
Pollution to marine environment due to accidental fire/explosions from
storage, transport and/or handling of ammunition on vessels
Accidental release of fuels / oils into the marine environment from aircraft
incidents or emergency release of aircraft fuel that may cause localised
pollution.
Terrestrial environment
Disturbance to fauna from guns positioned in close proximity to nests /
roosts
Disturbance, damage (injury) or death of flora and fauna from exploding
inert munitions, live firing at static targets, projectiles, rockets and mortars
including in inaccessible areas
Damage or disturbance to terrestrial flora and fauna due to clearing of
vegetation to maintain or establish target areas, observation posts and
radar sites
Damage or disturbance to terrestrial flora and fauna by off road vehicle
manoeuvres, including by armoured vehicles
Damage or disturbance to terrestrial flora and fauna due to bush fires
started during live firing, pyrotechnics activities, or exploding projectiles,
rockets, mortars and inert munitions
Disturbance to breeding/nesting fauna from noise generated by low flying
aircraft over sensitive terrestrial habitats
Weeds introduced from visiting vehicles and equipment
Weed invasion in areas disturbed by bush fires or land clearing.
Erosion of soils from live firing activities, including the detonation of inert
munitions, UXO, projectiles, rockets and mortars and live firing at static
targets
Erosion of soils from vehicles (tracked and wheeled) using unsealed roads
Compaction of soils from live firing activities, including the detonation of
inert munitions, projectiles, rockets and mortars and live firing at static
targets
Compaction of soils from vehicles (tracked and wheeled) using unsealed
roads
Contamination of soils due to projectiles released during live firing activities
Contamination of soils due to release of residual phosphorus contained in
incendiaries
Soil and water pollution caused by inappropriate disposal of wastes (e.g.
sewage, litter, uncollected target material) by Defence personnel during
land-based activities
Soil, surface and / or ground water contamination from accidental release
and / or spill of contaminants (e.g. petrol, oils or chemicals) during
maintenance or refuelling of vehicles
p 70
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
Potential Impacts at Shoalwater Bay Training Area
Environmental Aspect
Potential Impacts
Pollution to soils, surface and/or groundwater due to overloading of training
area solid and liquid waste management facilities
Degradation of water quality from sediment laden and contaminated runoff
from areas disturbed by live firing or clearing activities
Degradation of aquatic and riparian habitat due to over extraction of surface
water
Damage to European or Indigenous cultural heritage due to bush fires
started during live firing, pyrotechnic activities or exploding projectiles,
rockets and inert munitions
Damage to European or Indigenous cultural heritage from live firing or
exploding projectiles, rockets, mortars and inert munitions
Damage to adjacent public/private native vegetation due to bushfires
started during live firing, pyrotechnic activities or exploding projectiles,
rockets, mortars and inert munitions. Translocation of weeds and/or pests
from movement of vehicles, equipment and personnel
Depletion of natural resources (hydrocarbons) due to high fuel consumption
by aircraft during long transits from bases with ordnance loading facilities to
Shoalwater Bay Training Area.
Atmospheric environment
Air pollution and subsequent climate change from the use of hydrocarbons
as fuels, the rate of consumption of which is increased in armoured
vehicles
Air pollution due to smoke emissions from accidental fire/explosions from
storage, transport and/or handling of ammunition on vessels.
Built environment
Damage to roads from military convoy
Damage to adjacent public / private property infrastructure due to bushfires
started during live firing, pyrotechnic activities or exploding projectiles,
rockets and inert munitions.
Defence personnel and civilian health and safety
Injury to observers from the operation of targeting lasers on aircraft.
Health and safety implications to Defence personnel or civilians due to
bushfires started during live firing, pyrotechnic activities or exploding
projectiles, rockets, mortars and inert munitions
Health and safety risk from unexploded ordnance accumulation
Injury or death to Defence personnel or civilians due to accidental fire /
explosions from storage, transport and/or handling of ammunition on
vessels.
Social environment
Disturbance to civilians from noise generated by low flying aircraft over
residential areas
Disturbance to residents adjacent to transport routes and disruption to other
road users from military convoy noise and traffic impacts
Adverse relationships due to damage to Indigenous or European cultural
heritage
Adverse community perceptions of Defence from bushfires started during
live firing or pyrotechnic activities, especially those fires that damage or
disturb adjacent property.
p 71
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
Potential Impacts at Shoalwater Bay Training Area
Environmental Aspect
Potential Impacts
Adverse community perceptions of Defence from disturbance, damage
(injury) or death of marine and/or terrestrial flora and/or fauna
Constraints to future land use from the accumulation of UXO.
6.1.5 Mitigation Measures
6.1.5.1 Current Environmental Controls
There are a number of provisions in place to manage the day-to-day environmental and heritage
attributes of Shoalwater Bay Training Area.
6.1.5.1.1 Shoalwater Bay Training Area Environmental Management System and Standing
Orders
The Shoalwater Bay Training Area Environmental Management System (EMS) provides specific
controls and procedures to manage the underlying natural and heritage values of Shoalwater Bay
Training Area and the impacts of activities on these values.
Standing Orders for Shoalwater Bay Training Area have been developed to provide safety measures
and environmental considerations to be observed by all users of Shoalwater Bay Training Area and
are to be read in conjunction with current instructions and training publications. The Standing Orders
provide specific information on the environmental compliance responsibilities, terrestrial, marine and
estuarine safeguards and heritage protection and provide assistance in managing environmental
aspects of major exercises in the planning, conduct and debriefing stages. The Standing Orders form
part of the EMS for Shoalwater Bay Training Area.
Designation of specific training areas, such as approved live fire and high explosive areas are also
managed through the Standing Orders. Reference to other environmental management information
and requirements such as the Awareness Cards and key contacts are also provided.
6.1.5.1.2 Awareness Cards
The Shoalwater Bay Training Area Awareness Card is a pocket reference issued to all personnel
before training at Shoalwater Bay Training Area. Summarised information includes management of
waste, heritage areas, plants and animals, soil and erosion issues, fires, and appropriate use and
management of marine areas.
Awareness cards will be provided to participants prior to them embarking at staging areas. The
awareness cards will provide information “in Plain English” on environmental risks and controls
relevant to the training area. Environmental awareness briefings will be provided for all participants at
staging areas, prior to them undertaking exercise activities, which will include the materials covered in
the awareness cards.
Each military unit involved in TS13 will have a Unit Environmental Liaison Officer (UELO) who will be
tasked with promoting environmental awareness and ensuring that environmental controls are
implemented and risks minimised.
6.1.5.1.3 Induction DVD
Shoalwater Bay Training Area will be included within a TS13 Combined Exercise DVD that will be
used in the site induction process. The DVD will provide an introduction to the training area as well as
information about appropriate management of the marine environment during training activities.
p 72
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
The introductory information will provide information on the location and boundaries of Shoalwater Bay
Training Area identify significant environmental attributes such as the Marine Park and training area
history.
The marine environmental awareness component will provide more detailed information about general
environmental management in the ADF as well as site-based information. Providing additional
information on the significant environmental characteristics of Shoalwater Bay Training Area, this DVD
will also outline Defence’s Environmental Vision and information outlining training requirements that
will assist in environmental protection. These include Procedure Cards, environmental management
requirements, operational requirements of sonar in marine areas, recording of whale sightings and
incident reporting.
6.1.5.1.4 Site Based Regional Environment Officers
Environment Officers are professional environmental personnel that manage specific Defence areas.
Within these groups, personnel may also be assigned to individual training areas, which is the case at
Shoalwater Bay Training Area. The Environment Officer at Shoalwater Bay Training Area is
responsible for management of environment issues on the site, including implementation of the
Shoalwater Bay Training Area EMS incorporating environmental management programmes and
monitoring such as weed management initiatives, water quality monitoring and post exercise audits.
6.1.5.1.5 Environmental Clearance Certificates
Defence manages the identified potential environmental impacts of specific activities through an
internal protocol known as an Environmental Clearance Certificate (ECC). All activities undertaken at a
Range or Training Area must have an approved Environmental Clearance Certificate which must be
reviewed and reissued if there is a change to the activity or change in the location. This process
ensures there is a robust process for environmental management to minimise the potential for adverse
environmental outcomes.
Further information is provided on the Defence website: http://www.defence.gov.au/environment/impact.htm
6.1.5.2 TS13 Specific Controls
In addition, the following TS13 exercise specific environmental controls will be implemented to manage
possible environmental impacts at Shoalwater Bay Training Area:
TS13 Environmental Management Plan
TS13 Combined Exercise Instruction (CEI)
TS13 Induction DVD and briefings
Equipment Standard Operating Procedures
Spill containment equipment and response procedures
Environmental Management Group pre and post exercise monitoring
Traffic Management Plan
6.2 Saumarez Reef Air Weapons Range
6.2.1 Description of the Area
Saumarez Reef is located approximately 330km north east of Gladstone, within the Coral Sea. It is
one of the southern most reefs to be located on the Coral Sea Shelf. The site contains three main
reefs and two sand cays (North East Cay and South West Cay).
The Saumarez Reef Danger Area is a declared Defence Practice Area promulgated in Commonwealth
Gazette No. GN 46 dated 23 Nov 94.
p 73
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
6.2.2 Environmental Values
Saumarez Reef is located within the Coral Sea; however it is located outside of the Great Barrier Reef
Marine Park. The Reef lies within the proposed Coral Sea Marine Reserve. The site is to be included
in the Conservation Park Zone, reflecting the sensitive environmental values of the site.
The reef is known for a high density of shark species and is considered a nursery site for sharks and
mid-sized predatory fish.
Table 15 | Key Environmental Values of Saumarez Reef Air Weapons Range
Key Environmental Values of Saumarez Reef Air Weapons Range
Environmental Value
Description
Geology, soils and topography
Saumarez Reef is located on the Marion Plateau sub-region, which is located off the coast of Mackay-Rockhampton. Saumarez Reef is one of two small drowned reefs located on the Plateau. The plateau feature covers an area of 36,808 km
2 and
lies in the warm tropical waters of the Coral Sea at depths of 100-600 m. The northern boundary is formed by a rift trough, the Townsville Trough, which separates it from the Queensland Plateau sub-region. The eastern margin is created by the relatively steep slope leading to the Cato Trough, which is part of sub-region. The western margin is demarcated by the border with the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park.
Marine and aquatic environment
The site is known for a high density of shark species and the lagoons are important nursery sites for sharks and mid-sized predatory fish. Surrounding island areas also support critical nesting sites for the green turtle and a range of seabird species, including the red-footed booby and frigatebirds.
Heritage The Reef lies within the proposed Coral Sea Marine Reserve. The site is to be included in the Conservation Park Zone, reflecting the sensitive environmental values of the site.
Saumarez Reef also contains a number of heritage sites, grave sites and artefacts
Social environment
Saumarez Reef is an important recreational and charter fishing area. Recreational and charter fishing targets large pelagic predators such as black marlin in the area. The area is also important for tourism, particularly diving, as well as boating and shipping.
The Queensland Pot and Spanner Crab Fisheries may also operate at times around Saumarez Reef.
Matter of National Environmental Significance
The Reef lies within the proposed Coral Sea Marine Reserve. The site has been listed in the Conservation Protection Zone (IUCN IV). The waters surrounding the reef are Multiple Use Zone (IUCN VI).
This zone will allow a range of existing activities to continue but will exclude activities that carry a high risk to the conservation values of the area.
p 74
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
6.2.3 Planned Activities
It is noted that these potential exercises are recognised under the Defence Practice Area Gazettal for
Saumarez Reef, as part of the ongoing ADF training program, and are not limited to the TS13
Exercise.
Table 16 | TS13 Planned Activities at Saumarez Reef Air Weapons Range
TS13 Planned Activities at Saumarez Reef Air Weapons Range
Sphere TS13 Planned Activities
Air Low level flying by fixed wing aircraft
Air combat and intercept training (<1,000 ft or 300 m)
Flying aircraft including low-level supersonic speed (<1,000 ft or 300 m)
Aircraft gunnery, bombing and rocketry practice
Air to ground gunnery and rocketry practice
Live firing of weapons (gunnery and practice bombs)
Use of aircraft radar and lasers
Non-ADF Commercial and recreational fishing
6.2.4 Potential Risks and Impacts
Table 17 | Potential Impacts at Saumarez Reef Air Weapons Range
Potential Impacts at Saumarez Reef Air Weapons Range
Environmental Aspect
Potential Impacts
Marine environment
Disturbance to marine fauna due to noise emissions from low flying aircraft
Damage or disturbance to marine flora and fauna from the use of high explosive
ordnance (e.g. aircraft live firing)
Injury to fauna due to accidental exposure to high-powered laser
Atmospheric environment
Air pollution and subsequent climate change impacts from the use of
hydrocarbons as fuels.
Air pollution due to smoke emissions from explosions from live firing activities
Defence personnel and civilian health and safety
Injury to Defence personnel or civilians due to accidental exposure to high-
powered laser
Social environment
Impact on commercial and private charter fishing business, due to restrictions
on access to of the area during the exercise.
6.2.5 Mitigation Measures
6.2.5.1 Current Environmental Controls
Provisions in place to manage the day-to-day environmental and heritage attributes of Saumarez Reef
Air Weapons Range are listed below:
p 75
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
Saumarez Reef Air Weapons Range Standing Instructions
The Amberley Air Weapons Range Standing Instructions (AMB AWR SI) incorporates the Saumarez
Reef Air Weapons Range and provides specific details on the obligations that Defence is required to
undertake in accordance with the proposed Defence uses on the training area. The Standing
Instructions also sets out the environmental conditions that must be met by all users of Saumarez
Reef Air Weapons Range and provide specific instructions for environmental approvals and
management.
Environmental Officers
Environment Officers are professional environmental personnel that manage specific Defence areas.
The SEM and EOs for the Queensland region are responsible for management of environmental
issues at Saumarez Reef.
Environmental Clearance Certificates
Defence manages the identified potential environmental impacts of specific activities through an
internal protocol known as an Environmental Clearance Certificate (ECC). All activities undertaken at a
Range or Training Area must have an approved Environmental Clearance Certificate which must be
reviewed and reissued if there is a change to the activity or change in the location. This process
ensures there is a robust process for environmental management to minimise the potential for adverse
environmental outcomes.
Further information is provided on the Defence website: http://www.defence.gov.au/environment/impact.htm
6.2.5.2 TS13 Specific Controls
In addition to the AMB AWR SI, the following TS13 exercise specific environmental controls will be
implemented to manage possible environmental impacts at Saumarez Reef Training Area:
TS13 Environmental Management Plan
TS13 Combined Exercise Instruction (CEI)
TS13 Induction DVD and briefings
Environmental Management Group pre and post exercise monitoring
6.3 Townsville Field Training Area
Townsville Field Training Area is a military training area of approximately 208,000ha, located mainly
within the Charters Towers Regional Council local authority area, some 50 km southwest of Townsville.
Townsville Field Training Area comprises a High Range Training Area, acquired by the Commonwealth
in 1967, and Dotswood Station, purchased in 1988.
Townsville Field Training Area has a seasonal tropical climate, with most of the Townsville Field
Training Area semi-arid except for the north-eastern area in the vicinity of the Paluma Range, which
receives higher rainfall.
Townsville Field Training Area offers a wide variety of terrain types suitable for Training. The training
area has a 350 person camp in Kempvale Sector adjacent to Keelbottom Creek and 250 person camp
in Pretty Sector some 10 kilometres south east of Herveys Range Road. There are airfields located at
Kempvale Sector A, Horne Dam, Woolshed, Star and Dotswood homesteads and at Picanniny. A map
showing the location of the Townsville Field Training Area is provided in Figure 6.
Townsville Field Training Area
Figure 6: Locality MapTownsville Field Training Area Queensland° 0 5Kilometers
2Version:
P:\GI
S\Proj
ects\
2302
64_T
alism
an_S
abre\
Regio
nal_L
ocali
ty_Ma
p.mxd
24
/08/20
12 14
:38
Notes: Sources: Esri, DeLorme, NAVTEQ, TomTom, USGS, Intermap, iPC, NRCAN, Esri Japan, METI, Esri China (Hong Kong), Esri (Thailand).
Legend
Job No: 230264
Date: 24/08/2012Autho
r: Moo
reNK
Coordinate System: GCS GDA 1994
A4 scale: 1:600,000
Training Area Boundary
p 77
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
6.3.1 Environmental Values
The Townsville Field Training Area adjoins an area of World Heritage-listed tropical rainforest in the
north and undulating plains in the south-west. It includes areas that are identified as possessing
important geological and ecological values, which are managed as ‘No Go’ areas. Cultural sites
include those significant to the Gudjala people, in addition to sites associated with mining and the
pastoral industry. All important cultural sites are also managed as ‘No Go’ areas.
The majority of the military exercise area is within the upper catchments of the Star, Little Star and,
Fanning Rivers and Keelbottom Creek. The western boundary is to the west of the Star River and the
southern boundary generally follows a line from south of Dotswood Homestead site to Fanning River
Station. Vegetation varies throughout the Townsville Field Training Area, with low to medium height
Open Eucalypt Woodland present on the undulating plains of the south-west part of the Einasleigh
Uplands bioregion of Queensland, while areas of high conservation and ecological importance include
riverine habitat.
Townsville Field Training Area has been nominated for inclusion on the Commonwealth Heritage List.
The assessment of that nomination, being the natural and/or cultural heritage values of that place
against the Listing Criteria, is in progress by the DSEWPaC as the responsible authority. In April
2012 a second extension of the assessment report was granted by the Minister for SEWPC, and the
new assessment deadline is 30 June 2013. A determination would then be made. If the Minister for
SEWPC decides to include Townsville Field Training Area on the Commonwealth Heritage List then
Defence is obliged to ensure that the Commonwealth heritage values identified by the Minister are
protected from significant impacts. It is reasonable to conclude that the military training activities
conducted regularly under the existing environmental management regime are unlikely to pose a
serious threat to the heritage values of the place.
There are also areas with specific plants of conservation importance. Defence training activities are
restricted in areas of habitat for these species. Table 18 lists the key environmental attributes of
Townsville Field Training Area.
Table 18 | Key Environmental Values of Townsville Field Training Area
Key Environmental Values of Townsville Field Training Area
Environmental Value
Description
Geology, soils and topography
Townsville Field Training Area comprises four broad landforms: alluvial
plains and levees of the rivers/creeks, gently undulating plains mostly
adjoining the alluvial landforms, undulating rises to low hills that are
predominantly in the western and central areas, and steep hill and
mountainous terrain associated mostly with the Paluma and Hervey
Ranges along the eastern side of the Townsville Field Training Area
Flora and vegetation
Townsville Field Training Area supports a wide variety of vegetation
communities due to the diversity in rainfall, landforms and soils. Small
areas of rainforest occur in the high rainfall areas in the north-east, with tall
open forest and vine thicket occurring in scattered patches throughout the
wetter eastern section. Eucalypt dominated woodlands and open
woodlands cover most of the drier areas, with narrow fringes of riparian
vegetation along most streams.
34 regional ecosystems have been identified in the Townsville Field
Training Area, including 13 that are listed as ‘of concern’ under Queensland
legislation
p 78
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
Key Environmental Values of Townsville Field Training Area
Environmental Value
Description
The Townsville Field Training Area is known to support 4 species of flora
listed as ‘rare’ under Queensland legislation, with another 22 listed species
potentially present
Fauna and flora habitat
Twelve species of rare or threatened fauna under Queensland Legislation
have been recorded at Townsville Field Training Area. Of these, three are
listed as vulnerable and one as endangered under the EPBC Act.
A list of Threatened Species or Communities, Migratory Species and
Known Habitats for Townsville Field Training Area are provided in
Appendix D. Approximately 76 mammal species occur in the region and 55
of these have been found on Townsville Field Training Area, with relatively
few classified as uncommon or rare.
Weeds and pests
Numerous weeds have been recorded at Townsville Field Training Area,
including four weeds listed as of national significance (rubber vine, lantana)
or declared under the Queensland Land Protection (Pest and Stock Route
Management) Act 2002 (rubber vine, lantana, prickly pear, and chinese
apple).
A number of feral animal species are known to inhabit Townsville Field
Training Area, including horses, pigs, cattle and cats
Active management programs for the control of weeds and pest animals
are in place at Townsville Field Training Area
Indigenous heritage
A number of sites and areas of indigenous cultural heritage occur within the
Townsville Field Training Area, varying in significance from small surface
scatters of Aboriginal artefacts of minor importance to highly important sites
such as the ‘Gallery’
European heritage
A number of European heritage sites are present e.g. Argentine mine
Social aspects Community uses of the site and surrounds include occasional access by
university geology groups, mining company and Aboriginal community
members (who may access cultural sites)
Matter of National Environmental Significance
Townsville Field Training Area possesses natural and cultural heritage
values that are presently being assessed against Commonwealth Heritage
criteria.
Three fauna species listed as vulnerable and one as endangered under the
EPBC Act have been recorded
Semi-evergreen vine thickets of the Brigalow Belt (North and South) and
Nandewar Bioregions are listed as endangered ecological communities
under the EPBC Act. These communities occur in small patches in the
eastern fringes of the Training Area.
p 79
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
6.3.2 Planned Activities
It is noted that these potential exercises are representative of those activities undertaken at Townsville
Field Training Area Facility as part of the on-going ADF training program at this location and are not
limited to the TS13 Exercise.
Table 19 | TS13 Planned Activities at Townsville Field Training Area
TS13 Planned Activities at Townsville Field Training Area
Sphere TS13 Planned Activities
Air Flying aircraft including low-level (<1,000ft) and supersonic flights
Helicopter flying including low-level (<1,000ft), take off/landing and troop
insertions
Use of aircraft radar
Live firing of weapons (gunnery, missile and rocket firing, bombing)
Use of aircraft-deployed countermeasures
Air to air refuelling
Emergency dumping of fuels and jettisoning of stores (in emergency situations
only)
Land Deployment of personnel/equipment by land
Live firing of weapons (artillery and mortars, armoured vehicles, infantry)
Establishment and maintenance of target areas, gun positions
Logistics support (facilities, camp sites, infrastructure etc.)
Construction and maintenance (roads, bridges, vegetation, route clearance)
Detection and removal of unexploded ordnance (UXO)
Tactical manoeuvres and battle runs
Storage and movement of ammunition to the training area
Use of lasers
Use of flares, smoke canisters, pyrotechnics and battle noise simulation
Explosive obstacle clearing and road cratering
Defensive training against nuclear, biological and chemical warfare (does not
include use of these weapons)
Putrescible / non-putrescible waste, sewage and grey water collection,
treatment and disposal
Establishment and operation of field workshops, field medical facilities, field
power generation and distribution, fuel distribution
Internal road and track movements by wheeled and tracked vehicles
6.3.3 Potential Risks and Impacts
Table 20 | Potential Impacts at Townsville Field Training Area
Potential Impacts at Townsville Field Training Area
Environmental Aspect
Potential Impacts
Terrestrial environment
Damage or disturbance to terrestrial flora and fauna from munitions landing
outside designated impact areas during land and air based live firing
activities
Disturbance to soil from live firing activities increasing the potential for soil
erosion
Contamination of soils from live firing activity in impact areas
Degradation of water quality from sediment laden and contaminated runoff
p 80
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
Potential Impacts at Townsville Field Training Area
Environmental Aspect
Potential Impacts
from areas disturbed by live firing or clearing activities
Damage or disturbance to terrestrial flora and fauna within training areas
due to bushfires started during live firing or pyrotechnics activities
Damage to cultural heritage sites within training areas due to bushfires
started during live firing activities
Damage to public / private property outside training areas due to bushfires
started during live firing or pyrotechnic activities
Damage or disturbance to terrestrial flora and fauna within training areas
due to clearing of vegetation to maintain or establish target areas
Damage or disturbance to terrestrial flora and fauna by off road vehicle
manoeuvres within training areas
Accidental release and / or spill of contaminants (petrol, oils or chemicals)
during maintenance or refuelling of vehicles within training areas that may
cause soil, surface or ground water contamination
Inappropriate disposal of wastes (litter, garbage) by military personnel in
land-based manoeuvres within training areas that may cause pollution
Overloading of training area facilities for solid and liquid waste
management, resulting in pollution to soil, surface or groundwater
Soil erosion caused by vehicles (tracked and wheeled) using unsealed
roads within training areas
Translocation of weeds and/or pests from movement of vehicles,
equipment and personnel
Health and safety risk from increased unexploded ordnance accumulating
in training areas
Noise generated by low flying aircraft over sensitive terrestrial habitats has
the potential to disturb breeding/nesting fauna
Atmospheric environment
Air pollution and subsequent climate change from the use of hydrocarbons
as fuels, the rate of consumption of which is increased in armoured
vehicles
Air pollution due to smoke emissions from accidental fire/explosions from
storage, transport and/or handling of ammunition on vessels
Built environment
Damage to roads from military convoy
Damage to adjacent public / private property infrastructure due to bushfires
started during live firing, pyrotechnic activities or exploding projectiles,
rockets and inert munitions
Defence personnel and civilian health and safety
Injury to observers from the operation of targeting lasers on aircraft
Health and safety implications to Defence personnel or civilians due to
bushfires started during live firing, pyrotechnic activities or exploding
projectiles, rockets, mortars and inert munitions
Health and safety risk from unexploded ordnance accumulation
Injury or death to Defence personnel or civilians due to accidental fire /
explosions from storage, transport and/or handling of ammunition
Social Noise generated by low flying aircraft over residential areas has the
p 81
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
Potential Impacts at Townsville Field Training Area
Environmental Aspect
Potential Impacts
environment potential to disturb people
Noise and traffic impacts from military convoy movements to / from
Townsville Field Training Area have the potential to disturb residents
adjacent to transport routes and disrupt other road users
6.3.4 Mitigation Measures
6.3.4.1 Current Environmental Controls
Provisions in place to manage the on-going environmental and heritage attributes of Townsville Field
Training Area include:
6.3.4.1.1 Townsville Field Training Area Standing Orders
Standing Orders for Townsville Field Training Area have been developed to provide safety measures
and environmental considerations to be observed by all users of Townsville Field Training Area and
are to be read in conjunction with current instructions and training publications (ADF, 1999). The
Standing Orders provide specific information on the environmental compliance responsibilities,
environmental safeguards and heritage protection.
Designation of specific training areas, such as approved live fire and high explosive areas are also
managed through the Standing Orders. Reference to other environmental management information
and requirements such as the Awareness Cards and key contacts are also provided.
6.3.4.1.2 Awareness Cards
The Townsville Field Training Area Awareness Card is a pocket reference issued to all personnel
before training at Townsville Field Training Area. Summarised information includes management of
waste, heritage areas, plants and animals and soil and erosion issues
Awareness cards will be provided to participants prior to them embarking at staging areas. The
awareness cards will provide information in ‘Plain English’ on environmental risks and controls relevant
to the training area. Environmental awareness briefings will be provided for all participants at staging
areas, prior to them undertaking exercise activities, which will include the materials covered in the
awareness cards.
6.3.4.1.3 Environment Officers
Environment Officers are professional environmental personnel that manage specific Defence areas.
The SEM and EOs for the Northern Queensland region are responsible for management of
environmental issues at Townsville Field Training Area.
6.3.4.1.4 Environmental Clearance Certificates
Defence manages the identified potential environmental impacts of specific activities through an
internal protocol known as an Environmental Clearance Certificate (ECC). All activities undertaken at a
Range or Training Area must have an approved Environmental Clearance Certificate which must be
reviewed and reissued if there is a change to the activity or change in the location. This process
ensures there is a robust process for environmental management to minimise the potential for adverse
environmental outcomes.
Further information is provided on the Defence website:
http://www.defence.gov.au/environment/impact.htm
p 82
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
6.3.5 TS13 Specific Environmental Controls
In addition, the following TS13 exercise specific environmental controls will be implemented to
manage possible environmental impacts at Townsville Field Training Area:
TS13 EMP
TS13 Combined Exercise Instruction (CEI)
TS13 Induction DVD and briefings
Equipment Standard Operating Procedures
Spill containment equipment and response procedures
Environmental Management Group pre and post exercise monitoring
Traffic Management Plan
6.4 Cowley Beach Training Area
Cowley Beach Training Area is located within the wet tropics region of far North Queensland,
approximately 40 km south of Innisfail. The regional locality of Cowley Beach Training Area is shown
in Figure 7. Cowley Beach Training Area is bound by Browns Range and Inarlinga to the south,
Cowley Beach to the east, Mourilyan Harbour to the north and the Moresby River system to the west.
It comprises 5,081 ha of coastal lowland plains consisting of rainforest, woodland, swamps and 8 km
of beaches, and includes Lindquist Island (located 1 km offshore). Included in the Cowley Beach
Training Area is a Defence Closure Area that extends seaward to the eastern edge of the Great
Barrier Reef. Main access to the area is from the Bruce Highway on the Cowley Beach Road.
Exercises conducted at Cowley Beach Training Area are concentrated in the cantonment area, on the
rocket range, on Browns and Cowley Beaches, and on Browns and Esmeralda Ranges. Other than
the road network, little of the broad ridge-swales system (the majority of Cowley Beach Training Area)
is used.
Cowley Beach Training Area is part of the Cassowary Coast which was significantly affected by
Cyclone Yasi which made landfall in the area in early February 2011. As with cyclones impacts
generally (per Cyclone Winifred 1986 and Cyclone Larry 2006) extensive damage occurred to the
natural environment including vegetation and wildlife habitats. While quickly regenerating, such
damage affects safety of animals and the availability of food. In particular, the cassowary population
around Cowley Beach Training Area was affected by the habitat damage and reduced food supply.
Cassowaries are listed as an endangered species under the EPBC Act. With QPWS, Defence
personnel established feeding stations to support local cassowary populations. The natural food
supply has since regrown and the habitat is regenerating.
Cowley Beach Training Area
Figure 7: Locality MapCowley Beach Training Area Queensland° 0 1Kilometers
2Version:
P:\GI
S\Proj
ects\
2302
64_T
alism
an_S
abre\
Regio
nal_L
ocali
ty_Ma
p.mxd
24
/08/20
12 14
:38
Notes: Sources: Esri, DeLorme, NAVTEQ, TomTom, USGS, Intermap, iPC, NRCAN, Esri Japan, METI, Esri China (Hong Kong), Esri (Thailand).
Legend
Job No: 230264
Date: 24/08/2012Autho
r: Moo
reNK
Coordinate System: GCS GDA 1994
A4 scale: 1:100,000
Training Area Boundary
p 84
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
6.4.1 Environmental Values
Cowley Beach Training Area provides a variety of environments including beaches, near off-shore
areas, coastal wetlands and rainforest. Cowley Beach Training Area is located within the Wet Tropics
World Heritage Area (WTWHA) and is subject to management cooperation between the Wet Tropics
Management Authority and Defence. The key environmental features of Cowley Beach Training Area
are summarised in Table 21.
Table 21 | Key Environmental Values of Cowley Beach Training Area
Key Environmental Values of Cowley Beach Training Area
Environmental Value
Description
Geology, soils and topography
The majority of Cowley Beach Training Area occurs on Quaternary marine
deposits. The eastern half of Cowley Beach Training Area consists of
beach ridges and estuarine deposits of sands, muds and clays dominate
the western half of Cowley Beach Training Area.
Quaternary flood plain deposits occur on slightly higher land along the
south west boundary and peats have developed in freshwater swamps
along the margins of the estuarine and beach ridge deposits.
Three isolated uplands at Brown Range, Double Point and Esmeralda Hill
to Georgie Hill consist of Barnard Metamorphics.
Two beach ridge plains consisting of a series of parallel beach ridges with
slopes mainly below 1% cover more than 40% of Cowley Beach Training
Area. Tidal flats cover approximately 37% of Cowley Beach Training Area
and consist mainly of regularly inundated areas with mangroves and tidal
creeks.
Most of Cowley Beach Training Area is level or near level, and therefore
has low erosion hazard. There is potential for erosion on steep hills and
metamorphic rocks (HLA, 2004a).
Marine and Aquatic Environment
The marine waters adjacent to Cowley Beach Training Area (Coral Sea) are
contained within the Great Barrier Reef World Heritage Area, which form
part of the Marine Park.
The section of the Marine Park adjacent to Cowley Beach Training Area,
from the shore to the inner reefs (Ellison Reef), has been designated as a
Defence Area.
Three island groups lie within the Defence Area: North Barnard Islands,
South Barnard Islands and Linquist Island. Only Linquist Island is part of
Cowley Beach Training Area, the others are National Parks. The estuarine
areas located in the tidal mangrove swamp surrounding Mourilyan Creek
are also zoned National Park. The tidal mangrove swamps around the
Moresby River are nominated as an Estuarine Conservation zone
(HLA,2004b)
Five marine habitats occur in the vicinity of Cowley Beach Training Area,
including beaches and foredunes (Cowley, Browns and Robinson Beaches),
mangroves, rocky intertidal areas, seagrass and coral reef.
p 85
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
Key Environmental Values of Cowley Beach Training Area
Environmental Value
Description
No marine ecological surveys have been conducted adjacent to Cowley
Beach Training Area. However, the marine area is likely to contain a high
diversity of protected marine fauna including marine reptiles, including the
Green Turtle and Saltwater Crocodile, and marine mammals, such as the
Indo-Pacific Humpback Dolphin, Irrawaddy Dolphin and Dugong. A list of
EPBC Act listed marine fauna potentially occurring in the marine area of
Cowley Beach Training Area is provided in Appendix E.
Streams and wetlands within Cowley Beach Training Area are generally
ephemeral ranging from very short coastal drainages to inter-dune swale
wetlands.
The swale wetlands and peat wetlands of Cowley Beach Training Area are
valuable habitat listed in the Directory of Important Wetlands (HLA, 2004b).
Flora and vegetation
Cowley Beach Training Area consists of a mosaic of lowland coastal
communities and habitats including rainforest, mangroves, open forests,
wetlands and beach dune communities. The extant habitats of Cowley
Beach Training Area are regionally and locally rare. The Cowley Beach
Training Area dune system provides one of the few large and intact areas
of sclerophyll vegetation on sand in the Wet Tropics.
Twenty three Regional Ecosystems have been identified in Cowley Beach
Training Area including state significant Regional Ecosystems. Most of the
vegetation consists of mangroves and dune/swale complex with smaller
areas of paperbark swamps in poorly drained areas and rainforest in the
north classed as ‘not of concern’ Regional Ecosystems.
Twenty three plant species of conservation significance were identified as
occurring or potentially occurring in Cowley Beach Training Area. Three of
these species have been recorded from Cowley Beach Training Area: the
nationally significant Myrmecodia beccarii (Melaleuca forest) and the state
significant Rourea brachyandra and Macaranga polyadenia (rainforest). A
list of EPBC Act listed flora species potentially occurring at Cowley Beach
Training Area is provided in Appendix E.
Fauna habitat The major fauna habitats at Cowley Beach Training Area are beach, littoral
sand, rainforest, mixed open forest, Melaleuca swamp, sedge swamp,
freshwater aquatic, estuarine aquatic and marine aquatic.
Three hundred and ninety-six terrestrial and marine fauna species that
have been recorded or have the potential to occur at Cowley Beach
Training Area including 54 terrestrial mammals, 241 birds, 28 frogs and 73
reptiles (including marine turtles and the saltwater crocodile). This includes
120 fauna species of state and national conservation significance.
Fauna species of highest conservation significance known or likely to occur
in Cowley Beach Training Area include the Southern Cassowary (known)
and the Little Tern (likely), both listed as endangered under the EPBC Act.
Cowley Beach Training Area is also notable for its nationally significant
populations of migratory birds.
EPBC Act listed fauna species potentially occurring at Cowley Beach
Training Area are provided in Appendix E.
p 86
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
Key Environmental Values of Cowley Beach Training Area
Environmental Value
Description
Weeds and pests
Thirty five weed species have been identified along roads, in the camp area
and on the rocket range within Cowley Beach Training Area.
Twelve feral animal species have been recorded or have the potential to
occur at Cowley Beach Training Area including three declared animals
under the Queensland Land Protection (Pest and Stock Route
Management) Act 2002 (feral pig, dog and feral cat).
Heritage The Mamu and Djiru groups have traditional ties to the Cowley Beach
Training Area and are part of a broader ‘tribe’ of people referred to as the
rainforest cultural group.
A cultural heritage survey identified several use sites within Cowley Beach
Training Area including rock shelters/overhangs, fish trap/fishing zone,
fishing platforms, settlement/school site, middens and settlement/camp site,
which are of local or regional Aboriginal and / or European cultural heritage
significance (HLA, 2004a). The study concluded that none of these
heritage sites would meet the criteria for inclusion on the Register of
National Estate.
Social aspects Local residents enjoy the use of Cowley Beach immediately adjoining
Cowley Beach Training Area. Cowley Beach Training Area is signposted
and during amphibious or live firing exercises the beach is closed to civilian
access.
Mourilyan Harbour lies to the north of Cowley Beach Training Area. This is
a major sugar loading port and also provides facilities for small water craft.
Defence uses the anchorage during poor weather.
Areas immediately adjoining the western boundary of Cowley Beach
Training Area have been cleared for sugar cane farming. Defence interacts
with the local community through liaison with landholders with respect to
weed and feral animal control and fire management and through its active
participation in the Johnstone River Catchment Management Group.
Matters of National Environmental Significance
World Heritage Properties: Marine section of Cowley Beach Training Area
is included in the Great Barrier Reef World Heritage Area. Cowley Beach
Training Area is also located within the Wet Tropics World Heritage Area
(WTWHA).
National Heritage Places: Great Barrier Reef and Wet Tropics of
Queensland are both National Heritage places.
Listed Threatened Ecological Communities; Littoral rainforest and coastal
vine thickets of Eastern Australia. Threatened species (31) and migratory
species (33) that may, or are known to occur at the site are listed in
Appendix E.
p 87
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
6.4.2 Planned Activities
It is noted that these potential exercises are representative of those activities undertaken at Cowley Beach Training Area, as part of the on-going ADF training program at this location, and are not limited to the TS13 Exercise.
Table 22 | TS13 Planned Activities at Cowley Beach Training Area
TS13 Planned Activities at Cowley Beach Training Area
Sphere TS13 Planned Activities
Maritime Routine passage and manoeuvres of ships and other small watercraft
Anchoring
Hovercraft operations
Ballast water uptake and discharge
Amphibious landings, including Logistics Over The Shore activities (movement
of stores and equipment from ship to shore)
Vehicle manoeuvre in the coastal zone on the beach and dedicated
routes/assembly areas.
Air Helicopter flying including low-level (<1,000ft), take off/landing and troop
insertions.
Land Movement of vehicles from the coastal zone through the Cowley Beach
Training Area on existing internal roads/tracks.
Non ADF Vehicle convoys in transit by road from Cowley Beach Training Area.
6.4.3 Potential Risks and Impacts
Table 23 | Potential Impacts at Cowley Beach Training Area
Potential Impacts at Cowley Beach Training Area
Environmental Aspect
Potential Impacts
Marine environment
Damage to seagrass beds, mangroves and/or coral reefs from anchoring or
accidental grounding of vessels. Disturbance to the sea floor may also
result in release of sediments and degradation of water quality.
Accidental harm to marine fauna caused by collisions from vessel
manoeuvres and amphibious landings.
Vessel accidents that may result in oil and/or fuel spills causing localised
pollution that may impact on marine habitat and fauna.
Accidental release of hazardous liquid waste from ships (used for
maintenance) that may cause degradation of water quality and impact
marine habitat / fauna.
Intentional release of liquid waste (bilge water, grey water or wastewater)
that may cause degradation of water quality and impact on marine habitat /
fauna.
Accidental release of waste (litter) from ships is washed up on beaches or
ingested by marine fauna causing localised pollution that may impact on
marine fauna.
p 88
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
Potential Impacts at Cowley Beach Training Area
Environmental Aspect
Potential Impacts
Noise emissions from small water craft manoeuvring inshore may disturb
sensitive marine fauna.
The operation of small water craft inshore disturbs seagrass beds and
mangroves that may impact on marine habitat and fauna.
Introduction of marine pests by vessels visiting training areas.
Terrestrial Environment
Damage or disturbance to dune vegetation and protected fauna (seabird
roosts and turtle nests) from vehicle manoeuvres in the coastal zone
(beach)
Damage or disturbance to cultural heritage sites along the Cowley,
Robinson and Brown Beaches from amphibious landings
Dispersal of weeds and / or pests from vehicle and equipment movements
within the training area
Soil erosion caused by vehicles using unsealed roads within the training
area
Accidental spill/leak of oils/ fuels from vehicle movements within the
training area.
Atmospheric environment
Air pollution and subsequent climate change from the use of hydrocarbons
as fuels, the rate of consumption of which is increased in armoured
vehicles.
Air pollution due to smoke emissions from accidental fire / explosions from
storage, transport and / or handling of ammunition on vessels.
Built environment
Damage to roads from military convoy
Damage to adjacent public / private property infrastructure due to bushfires
started during live firing, pyrotechnic activities or exploding projectiles,
rockets and inert munitions.
Defence personnel and civilian health and safety
Health and safety implications to Defence personnel or civilians due to
bushfires started during live firing, pyrotechnic activities or exploding
projectiles, rockets, mortars and inert munitions.
Health and safety risk from unexploded ordnance accumulation
Injury or death to Defence personnel or civilians due to accidental fire /
explosions from storage, transport and/or handling of ammunition.
6.4.4 Mitigation Measures
6.4.4.1 Current Environmental Controls
Provisions in place to manage the day-to-day environmental and heritage attributes of Cowley Beach
Training Area are listed below.
6.4.4.1.1 Cowley Beach Training Area Environmental Management Plan and Standing Orders
An EMP has been prepared to integrate management for Cowley Beach Training Area. The Cowley
Beach Training Area EMP provides specific details on the obligations that Defence is required to
undertake in accordance with the proposed Defence uses on the training area.
p 89
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
The Standing Orders for Cowley Beach Training Area set out the environmental conditions that must
be met by all users of Cowley Beach Training Area and provide specific instructions for environmental
management at Cowley Beach Training Area (ADF, 2001).
6.4.4.1.2 Cowley Beach Training Area Land Management Plan
A Land Management Plan has been prepared to facilitate the sustainable use of Cowley Beach
Training Area and is based on the Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) of Defence Training
Activities at Cowley Beach Training Area. The need for the Land Management Plan arose from the
provisions of the Wet Tropics Management Plan (1998) policy document Protection through
Partnerships (1997). Together, the EIA and EMP fulfil the Wet Tropics Management Plan policy of ‘an
agreed Defence Use Management Code of Practice… and an approved Environmental Management
Plan’ for the Cowley Beach Training Area. The Land Management Plan provides a strategy for
managing training activities and maintenance activities.
6.4.4.1.3 Environment Officers
Environment Officers are professional environmental personnel that manage specific Defence areas.
The SEM and EOs for the Northern Queensland region are responsible for management of
environmental issues at Cowley Beach Training Area.
6.4.4.1.4 Environmental Clearance Certificates
Defence manages the identified potential environmental impacts of specific activities through an
internal protocol known as an Environmental Clearance Certificate (ECC). All activities undertaken at a
Range or Training Area must have an approved Environmental Clearance Certificate which must be
reviewed and reissued if there is a change to the activity or change in the location. This process
ensures there is a robust process for environmental management to minimise the potential for adverse
environmental outcomes. Further information is provided on the Defence website:
http://www.defence.gov.au/environment/impact.htm
6.4.4.2 TS13Specific Environmental Controls
In addition, the following TS13 exercise specific environmental controls will be implemented to manage
possible environmental impacts at Townsville Field Training Area:
TS13 Environmental Management Plan
TS13 Combined Exercise Instruction (CEI)
TS13 Induction DVD and briefings
Equipment Standard Operating Procedures
Spill containment equipment and response procedures
Environmental Management Group pre and post exercise monitoring
Traffic Management Plan
6.5 Canungra Field Training Area
The Canungra Military Area is approximately 6000 ha in size consisting of the built working area (the
Cantonment) and the Canungra Field Training Area (CFTA). It is located in the Gold Coast Hinterland
approximately 90km south of Brisbane and 35km west of Surfers Paradise (Broadbeach). Being
within the hinterland, the terrain comprises the highly undulating foothills of the Great Dividing Range
and deep river gullies including of the Coomera River. Within the Training Area, the elevation
difference between the peaks to gullies can be 450m. The area of the cantonment is of flatter
topography, constructed on slightly sloping land overall with five (5) distinct gullies running roughly
east-west though the property. These gullies have approximately 15m elevation difference to the built
flatter area. An informal ‘buffer’ of open space between the Cantonment and the training area exists –
consisting mainly of disturbed and managed open space providing a golf course, married quarters,
sports fields and helicopter landing areas.
p 90
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
6.5.1 Environmental Values
The Cantonment, and the adjacent cleared open space areas including the potential Landing Zone,
are heavily disturbed and undergo on-going management. Although these areas are void of native
vegetation they still support fauna populations such as macropods and are surrounded by native
vegetation.
Canungra Field Training Area is listed on the Commonwealth Heritage List for its natural values. It
also contains sub-tropical rainforest and is important for its diverse landscape and as a key wildlife
corridor between the coastal lowlands and the conservation areas at Mt Tamborine, Springbrook and
Lamington National Parks. CFTA supports a number of threatened wildlife EPBC Act listed species
and State listed species. CFTA supports 13 different Regional Ecosystems (RE's) mapped under the
Queensland vegetation management system. These Regional Ecosystems contain some vegetation
communities that are considered 'endangered' and 'of concern'.
Table 24 | Key Environmental Values of Canungra Training Area
Key Environmental Values of Canungra Training Area
Environmental Value
Description
Geology, soils and topography
The mountain foothills within which Canungra Military area is located is predominantly volcanic – however there are areas of sedimentary and metamorphic rock as a result of the Ranges’ development. The cantonment and land near the Coomera River and other waterways sees alluvial deposits as a common geology associated with on-going erosion and deposition. These alluvial soils have a clay component and some have reactive soil characteristics.
The Coomera River passes through the property and provides a physical transition between the Cantonment and the Training Area. The Coomera River has been noted as of ‘exceptional health and integrity’ (per Commonwealth Heritage Listing details). The Coomera River and its feeder streams are ephemeral, relying on local rainfall for flow levels. A small weir has been constructed near the Cantonment too support the local water supply. Both the waterways and the weir support a range of aquatic life.
The terrain of the Cantonment and the associated managed open space areas is substantially flatter than the training area and has a gentle slope downward to the Coomera River. The Cantonment itself is built on ridges of five gullies that trend east-west, linked by roads and areas of reduced gully depth. The managed open space areas near the river are of low elevation and flat.
The terrain of the training area is varied from ridges and mountain peaks to river and waterway gullies. Some sections may have terrain changes from 550m (AHD) to 100m (AHD) in the gullies – an elevation difference of 400m or more, slopes vary accordingly – with most slopes of between 1-5
but some slopes are as much as
20o.
Flora and vegetation
The Cantonment and associated open space areas is highly disturbed and subject to on-going management. There is a mix of native and exotic flora species in the Cantonment for landscaping. Areas of open space, particularly the helicopter landing areas and the golf course, are maintained with low cut grasses.
The majority of the Training Area is contained on the Commonwealth Heritage List for its natural values – notably for its Eucalypt forests and the landscape character supported by the vegetation.
p 91
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
Key Environmental Values of Canungra Training Area
Environmental Value
Description
Fauna and flora habitat
A number of protected flora species and fauna species have been recorded or have suitable habitat in the vegetated Training Area. There are 23 EPBC listed threatened flora species listed as likely to occur on this site, including various Orchids, Wild Macadamia, ,Onion Cedar, Ball Nut, jointed baloghia, Stinking cryptocarya, Zieria collina, nightcap plectranthus and the Notophyll vine forests that support the Richmond Birdwing Butterfly populations. A wide range of fauna species have also been observed on the site, and the site includes either suitable habitat or known populations for a range of listed species that includes:
Koala (Phascolarctos cinereus)
Fleay's frog (Mixiophes fleayi)
Giant Barred Frog (Mixophes iterates)
Brush Tailed Rock Wallaby (Petrogale penicillata)
Spot-Tailed Quoll (Dasyurus maculatus maculatus)
Northern Quoll (Dasyurus hallucatus)
Other notable species known to be present on the site include Yellow -Bellied
Gliders, Superb Lyrebirds, Black Breasted Button Quail, Richmond Birdwing
Butterfly, Echidna and Potaroo.
Weeds and pests
Land clearing and disturbance in the cantonment, open space areas, roads and infrastructure provides an opportunity for weeds to establish. Weeds found in these areas include Camphor Laurel, Chinese Elm, Verbena, Annual Ragweed, Wild Tobacco, Groundsel, Easter Cassia, Silver-leafed Desmodium, and Lantana. Weeds have mainly become established along the waterways, roads and open and/or exposed areas. Annual ongoing weed management programs continue to be undertaken to minimise the presence of these weeds.
The rugged terrain and high vegetation cover of the training area provides opportunities for feral animals. Known species include the European Red Fox, wild dog and feral cat. The European hare, although not recorded on the property, is also likely to exist. The Cantonment, being a more disturbed and open site, with management of attractive elements (eg food supply) is believed to be less affected by pests.
The areas of managed open space would be visited by pests but provide little
protection. An annual pest management program is also undertaken mainly
targeting wild dog, fox and wild cat populations.
Indigenous heritage
A number of Indigenous Heritage sites have previously been identified by survey. Sites are located both on and around the cantonment area as well as the Training Area. These include scarred trees, scatters of artefacts, graves, important ritual sites and sites of occupation.
European heritage
A survey in 2008 identified 24 sites of potential historic European heritage within the cantonment area. Ratings of these sites varied from high significance, to little significance. Some of the 24 sites no longer exist. A formal assessment as part of a listing process has been undertaken but is out of date and need updating. These sites include memorials, office buildings, messing and accommodations buildings and chapel.
The TA contains a number of potential European and Military heritage sites that have not been formally assessed or recorded.
p 92
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
Key Environmental Values of Canungra Training Area
Environmental Value
Description
Social aspects The Canungra property is surrounded by rural land uses, small villages and the towns of Canungra and Mount Tambourine.
The Cantonment is accessible from one road. The landscape of the area results in villages and the Defence property being physically separated by the mountains and vegetation. The operation of the Military site has little impact on the surrounding communities, other than some local business.
A key challenge for the property is, by its location in the hinterland, the narrow and sometimes winding road to reach the major highways of the coastal strip (eg leading to Brisbane). This challenge is heightened with larger-than-average military vehicles and the number of vehicles (convoy).
Matter of National Environmental Significance
As previously noted, the site contains both potential habitat and known populations for a range of flora and fauna species listed under the EPBC Act. The site also contains areas that may be visited by up to 16 migratory species. While the TA is within the catchment for the Moreton Bay Ramsar Wetland, it is significantly removed from the site itself (over 30 km) making impacts unlikely.
Threatened species and migratory species that may, or are known to occur at the site are listed in Appendix G.
6.5.2 Planned Activities
It is noted that these potential exercises are representative of those activities undertaken at Canungra Military Area, as part of the on-going ADF training program at this location, and are not limited to the TS13 Exercise.
Table 25 | TS13 Planned Activities at Canungra Training Area
TS13 Planned Activities at Canungra Training Area
Sphere TS13 Planned Activities
Air Aircraft overflights for Parachute jumps
Land Landing of parachutists in designated location – Mango Flats Helicopter
landing Zone
Vehicle move-out of parachutists (personnel and equipment)
Observation points and communications point
Deployment of smoke canisters to locate drop zone
6.5.3 Potential Risks and Impacts
Table 26 | Potential Impacts at Canungra Training Area
Potential Impacts at Canungra Training Area
Environmental
Aspect
Potential Impacts
Terrestrial environment
Uncontrolled clearing of vegetation
Dispersal of weeds and / or pests from vehicle and equipment movements
within the training area
Soil erosion and damage to track infrastructure caused by vehicles using
unsealed roads or leaving designated tracks and fire trails within the
training area
p 93
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
Potential Impacts at Canungra Training Area
Environmental
Aspect
Potential Impacts
Unplanned fire due to smoke flares and other military pyrotechnics
Road strike/trampling of fauna and flora
Pollution from rubbish, hydrocarbons or human waste
Atmospheric environment
Air pollution (minor) from the use of hydrocarbons as fuels
Air pollution (minor) from smoke canisters used to designate the landing zone
Smoke pollution from unplanned fires
6.5.4 Mitigation Measures
6.5.4.1 Current Environmental Controls
Provisions in place to manage the day-to-day environmental and heritage attributes of the Canungra
Training Area are listed below.
6.5.4.1.1 Canungra Field Training Area (CFTA) Standing Orders
Training Area Standing Orders apply to all planned activities at CFTA during TS13, managed by the
Range Control Officer.
6.5.4.1.2 Site Based Environment Officers
Environment Officers are professional environmental personnel that manage specific Defence areas.
The SEM and EOs for the Southern Queensland region are responsible for management of
environmental issues at Canungra Field Training Area.
6.5.4.1.3 Environmental Clearance Certificates
Defence manages the identified potential environmental impacts of specific activities through an
internal protocol known as an Environmental Clearance Certificate (ECC). All activities undertaken at
a Range or Training Area must have an approved Environmental Clearance Certificate which must be
reviewed and reissued if there is a change to the activity or change in the location. This process
ensures there is still a robust process for environmental management to minimise the potential for
adverse environmental outcomes.
Further information is provided on the Defence website:
http://www.defence.gov.au/environment/impact.htm
6.5.4.2 TS13 Environmental Controls
In addition, the following TS11 exercise specific environmental controls will be implemented to manage
possible environmental impacts at Canungra Field Training Area:
TS13 Environmental Management Plan
TS13 Combined Exercise Instruction (CEI)
TS13 Induction DVD and briefings
Equipment Standard Operating Procedures
Spill containment equipment and response procedures
p 94
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
6.6 Delamere Range Facility
6.6.1 Description of the area
The Delamere Range Facility is located approximately 125 km south-west of Katherine, on the
eastern edge of the Sturt Plateau, in the Northern Territory. It is accessed by the Buntine Highway
via the Victoria Highway. The Delamere Range Facility is an important gazetted Defence Practice
Area – providing air to ground and on-ground weapons firing and bombing training - for the ADF.
These activities support operational readiness training in offensive air and ground support and
strategic interdiction.
6.6.2 Environmental Values
Delamere Range Facility lies at the southern reach of the seasonal monsoon high rainfall zone and the
northern reach of the arid inland zone. As a consequence it contains vegetation characteristic of both
these climatic zones. Vegetation primarily consists of woodland and forest communities with broad,
shallow drainage lines supporting sparse to dense grassland and open woodland.
Delamere Range Facility is broadly contained within a poorly watered flat to gently undulating plateau,
which consists of a virtually featureless plain with entrenched broad shallow valleys up to 1km wide
that form headwater catchment of several creeks to the north east. The landscape comprises all the
elements of the erosion sequence including source, transit and sink areas.
There are no marine areas associated with the Delamere Range Facility. A regional map showing the
Delamere Range Facility area is provided in Figure 8.
Two US Marines help secure a beach during TS11
Delamere Range Facility
Figure 8: Locality MapDelamere Range Facility Queensland° 0 5Kilometers
2Version:
P:\GI
S\Proj
ects\
2302
64_T
alism
an_S
abre\
Regio
nal_L
ocali
ty_Ma
p.mxd
24
/08/20
12 14
:38
Notes: Sources: Esri, DeLorme, NAVTEQ, TomTom, USGS, Intermap, iPC, NRCAN, Esri Japan, METI, Esri China (Hong Kong), Esri (Thailand).
Legend
Job No: 230264
Date: 27/08/2012Autho
r: Moo
reNK
Coordinate System: GCS GDA 1994
A4 scale: 1:600,000
Training Area Boundary
p 96
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
Table 27 provides a summary of the key environmental attributes of Delamere Range Facility. It is
noted that these potential exercises are representative of those activities undertaken at Delamere
Range Facility as part of the on-going ADF training program at this location and are not limited to the
TS13 Exercise.
Table 27 | Key Environmental Values of Delamere Range Facility
Key Environmental Values of Delamere Range Facility
Environmental Value
Description
Geology, soils and topography
Ephemeral streams are located throughout the site and carry significant
flows during the monsoon period from December to February. There are no
significant permanent natural water sources on the site. Two dams have
been constructed within the site boundary to provide for local water
requirements.
Flora and vegetation
The vegetation is mainly low open Eucalypt woodland with some acacia
scrubland and tussock grasslands that have been heavily modified by
grazing. The laterite areas are generally woodland and forest communities
with grassland, varying from sparse to dense and open woodland in the
broad shallow drainage lines. The site overlaps a seasonally high rainfall
zone and an arid inland zone and consequently contains natural features
characteristic of both.
Fauna and flora habitat
Most on-site fauna is either common or abundant. A list of threatened and
migratory species potentially occurring in Delamere Range Facility is
provided in Appendix F.
The site supports approximately 59 bird species
Weeds and pests
The range facility is largely free of weed infestation. Weeds have been
identified including a small number of introduced rubber bush (Calotropis
procera) located at Browns Dam in the north-west of the property and the
native pastoral weed Hyptis suaveolens adjacent to the Dry River.
Feral pigs are relatively common. Cats and dingoes have been seen, but
are not considered to be present in high numbers. As many as 150 cattle
remain on the Delamere Range Facility.
Indigenous heritage
Archaeological surveys of the range identified comparatively few sites of
archaeological significance
An Indigenous Land Use Agreement has been made for an area of land
incorporating the area of the Delamere Range
Matters of National Environmental Significance
A list of threatened and migratory species potentially occurring at Delamere
Range Facility is provided in Appendix F
p 97
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
6.6.3 Potential Activities
It is considered unlikely that the Delamere Range Facility will be required during TS13.
It is noted that these potential exercises are representative of those activities undertaken at Delamere
Range Facility as part of the on-going ADF training program at this location and are not limited to the
TS13 Exercise.
Table 28 | TS13 Potential Activities at Delamere Range Facility
TS13 Potential Activities at Delamere Range Facility
Sphere TS13 Potential Activities
Air Flying aircraft including low-level (<1,000ft) and supersonic flights
Helicopter flying including low-level (<1,000ft), take off / landing and troop
insertions
Use of aircraft radar
Use of lasers
Live firing of weapons (gunnery, missile and rocket firing, bombing)
Aircraft / Airfield exercise logistics operations and air transport
Air to air refuelling
Emergency dumping of fuels and jettisoning of stores (in emergency situations
only)
Land Deployment of personnel / equipment by land
Live firing of weapons (infantry)
Establishment and maintenance of target areas, gun positions
Logistics support (establishment and maintenance of facilities, camp sites,
infrastructure, etc.)
Construction and maintenance (roads, bridges, vegetation, route clearance)
Detection and removal of unexploded ordnance (UXO)
Storage and movement of ammunition to the training area
Use of flares and pyrotechnics and battle noise simulation
Putrescible / non-putrescible waste, sewerage and grew water collection,
treatment and disposal
Establishment and operation of field workshops, field medical facilities, field
power generation and distribution, fuel distribution
Internal road and track movements by wheeled and tracked vehicles
Other miscellaneous activities
p 98
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
6.6.4 Potential Risks and Impacts
Table 29 | Potential Impacts at Delamere Range Facility
Potential Impacts at Delamere Range Facility
Environmental Aspect
Potential Impacts
Terrestrial environment
Damage or disturbance to terrestrial flora and fauna from munitions landing
outside designated impact areas during air based live firing activities
Disturbance to soil from live firing activities increasing the potential for soil
erosion
Contamination of soils from concentrated live firing activity in impact areas
Accidental release and/or spill of contaminants (petrol, oils or chemicals)
during emergency fuel dumping that may cause soil, surface or ground
water contamination
Health and safety risk from increased unexploded ordnance accumulating
in training areas
Atmospheric environment
Air pollution and subsequent climate change from the use of hydrocarbons
as fuels, the rate of consumption of which is increased in armoured vehicles
Air pollution due to smoke emissions from accidental fire/explosions from
storage, transport and/or handling of ammunition on vessels
Built environment
Damage to roads from military convoy
Damage to adjacent public / private property infrastructure due to bushfires
started during live firing, pyrotechnic activities or exploding projectiles,
rockets and inert munitions
Defence personnel and civilian health and safety
Injury to observers from the operation of targeting lasers on aircraft
Health and safety implications to Defence personnel or civilians due to
bushfires started during live firing, pyrotechnic activities or exploding
projectiles, rockets, mortars and inert munitions
Health and safety risk from unexploded ordnance accumulation
Injury or death to Defence personnel or civilians due to accidental fire /
explosions from storage, transport and/or handling of ammunition
6.6.5 Mitigation Measures
6.6.5.1 Current Environmental Controls
Provisions in place to manage the day-to-day environmental and heritage attributes of Delamere
Range Facility are listed below.
6.6.5.1.1 Delamere Range Facility Standing Orders
Standing Orders apply to all planned activities at Delamere Range Facility during TS13, managed by
the Range Control Officer.
p 99
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
6.6.5.1.2 Site Based Environment Officers
Environment Officers are professional environmental personnel that manage specific Defence areas.
Within these groups, personnel may also be assigned to individual training areas, which is the case at
RAAF Tindal and the associated Delamere Range Facility. The Environment Officer for RAAF Tindal /
Delamere Range Facility is responsible for management of environment issues on the site, including
implementation of the Northern Territory / Kimberley Defence EMS incorporating environmental
management programmes and monitoring.
6.6.5.1.3 Environmental Clearance Certificates
Defence manages the identified potential environmental impacts of specific activities through an
internal protocol known as an Environmental Clearance Certificate (ECC). All activities undertaken at a
Range or Training Area must have an approved Environmental Clearance Certificate which must be
reviewed and reissued if there is a change to the activity or change in the location. This process
ensures there is a robust process for environmental management to minimise the potential for adverse
environmental outcomes.
Further information is provided on the Defence website:
http://www.defence.gov.au/environment/impact.htm
6.6.5.2 TS13 Environmental Controls
In addition, the following TS11 exercise specific environmental controls will be implemented to manage
possible environmental impacts at Delamere Range Facility:
TS13 Environmental Management Plan
TS13 Combined Exercise Instruction (CEI)
TS13 Induction DVD and briefings
Equipment Standard Operating Procedures
Spill containment equipment and response procedures
Environmental Management Group pre and post exercise monitoring
6.7 Bradshaw Field Training Area
6.7.1 Description of the area
The Bradshaw Field Training Area comprises an area of 870,000 ha, and is located near Timber Creek
within the Victoria River region of the Northern Territory. A regional map showing the Bradshaw Field
Training Area is provided in Figure 9.
The Bradshaw Field Training Area is designed to support training in formation manoeuvre, field live
firing and aerial live firing and bombing. It includes field firing areas, high explosive impact areas,
manoeuvre areas, training sectors and infrastructure to support management and operational use.
Infrastructure at Bradshaw Field Training Area includes a limited road network, maintenance areas, a
Range Control facility, a 500 person camp site and support facilities.
External access to the Bradshaw Field Training Area is provided via a bridge across the Victoria River,
approximately 8km west of Timber Creek and an access road from the Victoria Highway to the bridge.
The bridge and roads are able to accommodate all ADF wheeled and tracked vehicles.
The Bradshaw Field Training Area has an internal road network of unsealed gravel two-lane
formations, appropriate for all-weather use (although movement is generally restricted during the wet
season to prevent damage to roads and tracks). The main internal road corridor is North Angalarri
Road.
Bradshaw Field Training Area
Figure 9: Locality MapBradshaw Field Training Area Queensland° 0 5Kilometers
2Version:
P:\GI
S\Proj
ects\
2302
64_T
alism
an_S
abre\
Regio
nal_L
ocali
ty_Ma
p.mxd
24
/08/20
12 14
:38
Notes: Sources: Esri, DeLorme, NAVTEQ, TomTom, USGS, Intermap, iPC, NRCAN, Esri Japan, METI, Esri China (Hong Kong), Esri (Thailand).
Legend
Job No: 230264
Date: 24/08/2012Autho
r: Moo
reNK
Coordinate System: GCS GDA 1994
A4 scale: 1:1,000,000
Training Area Boundary
p 101
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
6.7.2 Environmental Values
Table 30 provides a summary of the key environmental attributes of Bradshaw Field Training Area. It
is emphasised that these potential exercises are representative of those activities undertaken at
Bradshaw Field Training Area as part of the on-going ADF training program at this location and are
not limited to the TS13 Exercise.
Table 30 | Key Environmental Values of Bradshaw Field Training Area
Key Environmental Values of Bradshaw Field Training Area
Environmental Value
Description
Geology, soils and topography
Water resources include perennial streams, ephemeral streams, springs,
waterholes and groundwater aquifers, which have good quality
groundwater. The Victoria and Fitzmaurice Rivers, which flow throughout
the year, form the southern and northern boundaries respectively. There
are numerous major and unnamed watercourses on Bradshaw Field
Training Area some of which flow from monsoon rains.
Flora and vegetation
Bradshaw Field Training Area contains a diversity of flora species, with 851
flora species identified within the site. Some flora species are listed under
international agreements and are of national conservation significance.
Three flora species are currently listed as rare in the Victoria – Bonaparte
Bioregion.
Significant vegetation communities noted on the Commonwealth Heritage
List and Register of National Estate include rainforests, Northern Cypress
Pine, tropical heath, riparian communities, Xerochloa grassland and
Melaleuca minutifolia woodland. There are no threatened ecological
communities.
A total of 14 weed species have been recorded, six of which are declared
noxious as defined by the Northern Territory Weed Management Act, of
which three pose a serious threat to conservation – Parkinsonia, Noogoora
Burr and Rubber Bush.
Fauna and flora habitat
A total of 377 species, comprising 26 fish species, 22 frogs, 77 reptiles, 212
birds and 50 mammals were identified in the area (in 2002).
Threatened fauna species recorded at Bradshaw Field Training Area and
listed under the EPBC Act include the Gouldian Finch, Purple-crowned
Fairy-wren, and Northern Quoll, details are provided in Appendix H.
A population of the Gouldian Finch is known to be present on the Mt
Thymanan and Ikymbon areas in Bradshaw Field Training Area. Known
habitat is located within a High Explosive Impact Area and has been
therefore been designated as a No-Go area for safety reasons. Habitat
includes an abundance of suitable nesting trees on stony, Sorghum
covered hillsides, nearby permanent waterholes and a variety of perennial
feed grasses on the adjacent lowlands including Alloteropsis semialata and
Mnesithia formosa (URS, 2002).
Primary habitat for the Purple-crowed Fairy-wren at Bradshaw Field
Training Area is Canegrass (Chionachne cyathopoda), particularly when
interspersed with Pandanus.
p 102
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
Key Environmental Values of Bradshaw Field Training Area
Environmental Value
Description
There are 32 migratory species that have been recorded which include 16
bird species, turtles, whales, the Dugong and the Saltwater Crocodile
Three habitats within Bradshaw Field Training Area are considered core
fauna habitats: rocky slopes and gullies with monsoon forest, streams and
riparian habitats associated with rocky hills, and grasslands and swamps
Bradshaw TA is considered part of a regional environmental corridor
linking with Gregory National Park and is part of a broader link to the
Kimberley region
Heritage Defence has an Indigenous Land Use Agreement (ILUA) with the traditional
owners of the site
The Bradshaw Field Training Area Heritage and Environmental
Management Plan (HEMP) (HLA, 2006) details procedures for the
protection of culturally significant sites
There are also a number of places and objects relating to early European
activities and occupation in the area (e.g. scarred trees)
Bradshaw Field Training Area is entered on the Commonwealth Heritage
List and there are 10 sites of historic heritage significance listed on the
Register of National Estate
Social aspects Key social issues for the Timber Creek community identified during
preparation of an Environmental Impact Statement for the training area
included Aboriginal community’s access to, and protection of, sacred sites;
Timber Creek economy, mining industry exploration access; fishing industry
access; pastoral enterprises; infrastructure; environmental sustainability;
noise (operational issues).
Current strategies include landholders and local community’s consultation
and the establishment of an Environmental Advisory Committee with local
representation
Matters of
National
Environmental
Significance
National Heritage List: There are a number of sacred sites and
archaeological places on Bradshaw Field Training Area, mainly located on
the banks of the Victoria River, the Ikymbon River and the escarpments and
gorges of the Yambarran Plateau.
Listed Threatened Species or Communities, Migratory Species: There are
no threatened ecological communities. A list of threatened and migratory
species potentially occurring at Bradshaw Field Training Area is provided in
Appendix H. Five threatened fauna species and 17 migratory species have
been recorded at Bradshaw Field Training Area.
p 103
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
6.7.3 Potential Activities
It is considered unlikely that the Bradshaw Field Training Area will be required during TS13.
It is noted that these potential exercises are representative of those activities undertaken at Bradshaw
Training Area as part of the ongoing ADF training programme at this location and are not limited to the
TS13 Exercise.
Table 31 | TS13 Potential Activities at Bradshaw Field Training Area
TS13 Potential Activities at Bradshaw Field Training Area
Sphere TS13 Potential Activities
Air Flying aircraft including low-level (<1,000ft) and supersonic flights
Helicopter flying including low-level (<1,000ft), take off/landing and troop
insertions
Use of aircraft radar
Use of lasers
Live firing of weapons (gunnery, missile and rocket firing, bombing)
Exercise logistics operations (e.g. loading/unloading, landing, parking, etc)
Air mobile operations
Air to air refuelling
Emergency dumping of fuels and jettisoning of stores (in emergency situations
only)
Land Deployment of personnel/equipment by land/air
Live firing of weapons (infantry, artillery, mortars and armoured vehicles)
Military operations in urban terrain
Establishment and maintenance of target areas, gun positions
Logistics support (facilities, camp sites, infrastructure etc)
Construction and maintenance (roads, bridges, route clearance)
Detection and removal of unexploded ordnance (UXO)
Storage and movement of ammunition to the training area
Use of flares and pyrotechnics and battle noise simulation
Explosive obstacle clearing, road cratering and demolition practice
Defensive training against nuclear, biological and chemical warfare (does not
include use of these weapons)
Putrescible / non-putrescible waste, sewerage and grew water collection,
treatment and disposal
Establishment and operation of fuel farms, field workshops, field medical
facilities, field power generation and distribution, fuel distribution
Other miscellaneous activities
p 104
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
6.7.4 Potential Risks and Impacts
Table 32 | Potential Impacts at Bradshaw Field Training Area
Potential Impacts at Bradshaw Field Training Area
Environmental Aspect
Potential Impacts
Terrestrial environment
Damage or disturbance to terrestrial flora and fauna from munitions landing
outside designated impact areas during land and air based live firing
activities
Disturbance to soil from live firing activities increasing the potential for soil
erosion
Contamination of soils (heavy metals) from live firing activity in impact
areas - release of solid waste (munitions)
Degradation of water quality from sediment laden and contaminated runoff
from areas disturbed by live firing or clearing activities
Damage or disturbance to terrestrial flora and fauna within training areas
due to clearing of vegetation to maintain or establish target areas. This
may also promote weed colonisation
Damage or disturbance to terrestrial flora and fauna by off road vehicle
manoeuvres within training areas
Accidental release and/or spill of contaminants (petrol, oils or chemicals)
during maintenance or refuelling of vehicles within training areas that may
cause soil, surface or ground water contamination
Inappropriate disposal of wastes (litter, garbage) by military personnel in
land-based manoeuvres within training areas that may cause pollution
Overloading of training area facilities for solid and liquid waste
management, resulting in pollution to soil, surface or groundwater
Soil erosion caused by vehicles (tracked and wheeled) using unsealed
roads within training areas
Translocation of weeds and/or pests from movement of vehicles,
equipment and personnel
Health and safety risk from increased unexploded ordnance accumulating
in training areas
Noise generated by low flying aircraft over sensitive terrestrial habitats has
the potential to disturb breeding/nesting fauna
Built environment
Damage to roads from military convoy
Defence personnel and civilian health and safety
Injury to observers from the operation of targeting lasers on aircraft
Health and safety implications to Defence personnel or civilians due to
bushfires started during live firing, pyrotechnic activities or exploding
projectiles, rockets, mortars and inert munitions
Health and safety risk from unexploded ordnance accumulation
Injury or death to Defence personnel or civilians due to accidental fire /
explosions from storage, transport and/or handling of ammunition
Social environment
Noise and traffic impacts from military convoy movements to/from
Bradshaw Field Training Area have the potential to disrupt other road users
p 105
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
6.7.5 Mitigation Measures
6.7.5.1 Current Environmental Controls
Provisions in place to manage the day-to-day environmental and heritage attributes of Bradshaw Field
Training Area are listed below.
6.7.5.1.1 Bradshaw Field Training Area Standing Orders
Training Area Standing Orders will apply to all planned activities at Bradshaw Field Training Area
during TS13, and are managed by the Range Control Officer.
6.7.5.1.2 Environment Officers
Environment Officers are professional environmental personnel that manage specific Defence areas.
Within these groups, there is an Environment Officer responsible for management of Ranges and
Training Areas. The Environment Officer – Ranges and Training Areas is responsible for management
of environment issues on the site, including implementation of the Northern Territory / Kimberley
Defence EMS incorporating environmental management programmes and monitoring.
6.7.5.1.3 Heritage and Environmental Management Plan
The Bradshaw Field Training Area Heritage and Environmental Management Plan (HEMP) (HLA,
2006) provides an integrated framework and strategies for management of the significant natural and
cultural heritage values at Bradshaw Field Training Area, including management requirements during
major exercises.
6.7.5.1.4 Indigenous Land Use Agreement
The use of Bradshaw Field Training Area is subject to an Indigenous Land Use Agreement (ILUA)
which requires all Defence activities to be undertaken in accordance with Defence Activity Plans which
are subject to consultation and approval with traditional owners and the Northern Land Council.
6.7.5.1.5 Environmental Clearance Certificates
Defence manages the identified potential environmental impacts of specific activities through an
internal protocol known as an Environmental Clearance Certificate (ECC). All activities undertaken at a
Range or Training Area must have an approved Environmental Clearance Certificate which must be
reviewed and reissued if there is a change to the activity or change in the location. This process
ensures there is a robust process for environmental management to minimise the potential for adverse
environmental outcomes.
Further information is provided on the Defence website:
http://www.defence.gov.au/environment/impact.htm
6.7.5.2 TS13 Specific Environmental Controls
In addition, the following TS13 exercise specific environmental controls will be implemented to manage
possible environmental impacts at Bradshaw Field Training Area:
TS13 Environmental Management Plan
TS13 Combined Exercise Instruction (CEI)
TS13 Induction DVD and briefings
Equipment Standard Operating Procedures
Spill containment equipment and response procedures
Environmental Management Group pre and post exercise monitoring
Traffic Management Plan
p 106
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
6.8 Mount Bundey Training Area
6.8.1 Description of the Area
The Mount Bundey Training Area covers approximately 117,300 ha and is located approximately
115km south east of Darwin CBD in the Northern Territory. A map showing the location of Mount
Bundey Training Area and relative to Darwin is provided on Figure 10.
The Mount Bundey Training Area is bounded by the Arnhem Highway to the north, Mary River and the
proposed Mary River National Park to the west, and Kakadu National Park to the east through to the
south. The Mount Bundey Training Area is included on the Commonwealth Heritage List for its variety
of fauna habitats of waterways, floodplains and rainforest pockets supporting a range of species.
Mount Bundey Training Area is designed to support training in field manoeuvres and field live firing. It
has field firing areas, high explosive impact areas, training sectors and infrastructure to support
management and operational use. Infrastructure at Mount Bundey Training Area is limited, and
includes a road network, maintenance areas, a Range Control facility, a 200 person campsite and a
number of support facilities including built ranges.
External access to the Mount Bundey Training Area is provided via the Arnhem Highway, which has
direct connection to Stuart Highway providing direct transport link to Darwin. The Mount Bundey
Training Area has an internal road network of unsealed gravel roads, appropriate for all weather use -
although movement is generally restricted during the wet season to prevent damage to roads and
tracks and damage to vehicles.
Mount Bundey Training Area
Figure 10: Locality MapMount Bundey Training Area Queensland° 0 1 2 3 4Kilometers
2Version:
P:\GI
S\Proj
ects\
2302
64_T
alism
an_S
abre\
Regio
nal_L
ocali
ty_Ma
p.mxd
24
/08/20
12 14
:38
Notes: Sources: Esri, DeLorme, NAVTEQ, TomTom, USGS, Intermap, iPC, NRCAN, Esri Japan, METI, Esri China (Hong Kong), Esri (Thailand).
Legend
Job No: 230264
Date: 24/08/2012Autho
r: Moo
reNK
Coordinate System: GCS GDA 1994
A4 scale: 1:400,000
Training Area Boundary
p 108
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
6.8.2 Environmental Values
Table 33 provides a summary of the key environmental attributes of Mount Bundey Training Area. It
is emphasised that these potential exercises are representative of those activities undertaken at
Mount Bundey Training Area as part of the on-going ADF training program and are not limited to the
TS13 Exercise.
Table 33 | Key Environmental Values of Mount Bundey Training Area
Key Environmental Values of Mount Bundey Training Area
Environmental Value Description
Geology, soils and topography
The Mount Bundey Training Area is drained to the north-west and north-
east by the Mary and Wildman Rivers respectively. Both watercourses
form part of wetlands of national importance. The Mary River forms a
floodplain in the western portion of the Mount Bundey Training Area.
There are numerous unnamed watercourses across Bradshaw Field
Training Area – many of which only flow during the wet (monsoon)
season.
Flora and vegetation
The area is predominately covered by melaleuca savannah woodlands
and open forests, along with grassed floodplains. Significant vegetation
communities include vine (monsoon rainforest) thickets, which provide
important seasonal and short-term refuge for fauna including from fire.
Fauna and flora habitat
The Mount Bundey Training Area has a high diversity of significant
fauna habitats including seasonal Melaleuca and grassland floodplains
and permanent waterholes and waterways of the Mary and Wildman
Rivers and Craig Creek rockholes, which are valuable dry season
refuges and the grassy savannah woodland and open forests with grass
understory. Pockets of monsoon rainforest represent important
seasonal and short-term refuges for fauna.
Baseline surveys have recorded a total of 270 fauna species at the
Mount Bundey Training Area, including 140 birds, 60 reptiles, 17 frogs,
28 mammals and 25 fish
Eight EPBC listed threatened species have been recorded on Mount
Bundey Training Area, including the Gouldian Finch, Red Goshawk,
(eastern) Partridge Pigeon, Masked Owl, Northern Quoll, Golden-
backed Tree-rat, Bare-rumped Sheathtail Bat; and Freshwater SawFish
Seventeen EPBC listed migratory species have been recorded at Mount
Bundey Training Area, nine terrestrial and eight wetland as well as the
Saltwater Crocodile
Weeds and pests At least 6 weed species have been recorded at the Mount Bundey
Training Area, including Misson Grass, Gamba Grass, Buffel Grass,
Caltrop, Hyptis and Spinyhead Sida
p 109
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
Key Environmental Values of Mount Bundey Training Area
Environmental Value Description
Heritage There is one registered and one recorded Indigenous sacred site at
Mount Bundey Training Area, with 117 archaeological sites recorded
Mount Bundey Training Area contains no known European heritage
sites
Mount Bundey Training Area is listed on the Commonwealth Heritage
List for its natural heritage values
Social aspects The Mount Bundey Training Area is approximately 115 km to the south-
east of Darwin and approximately 100 km to the west of the town of
Jabiru. There are no townships or small villages in the vicinity. The area
is large pastoral grazing land uses with extremely low population levels.
There is significant use of Arnhem Highway for tourist vehicles to and
from the adjacent Kakadu National Park. Jim Jim Road, which bisects
the Mount Bundey Training Area, is a public road that is occasionally
used.
Matters of National Environmental Significance
Mount Bundey Training Area borders Kakadu National Park. Kakadu
National Park is entered on the World Heritage List and a Ramsar site.
Eight threatened and 14 migratory species have been recorded at the
Mount Bundey Training Area. A list of threatened and migratory species
potentially occurring at Mount Bundey Training Area is provided in
Appendix I.
6.8.3 Planned Activities
It is considered unlikely that the Mount Bundey Training Area will be required during TS13.
Table 34 provides a summary of the training activities that may potentially be undertaken at Mount
Bundey Training Area as part of TS13. It is emphasised that these potential exercises are
representative of those activities undertaken at Mount Bundey Training Area as part of the ongoing
ADF training program and are not limited to the TS13 Exercise.
Table 34 | TS13 Planned Activities at Mount Bundey Training Area
TS13 Planned Activities at Mount Bundey Training Area
Sphere TS13 Planned Activities
Air Helicopter flying including low-level (<1,000ft), take off / landing and troop
insertions
Live firing of weapons (gunnery, bombing, missiles and rockets)
Emergency dumping of fuels and jettisoning of stores (in emergency situations
only)
Aircraft deployed countermeasures
Use of aircraft radar
Use of lasers
p 110
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
TS13 Planned Activities at Mount Bundey Training Area
Sphere TS13 Planned Activities
Land Deployment of personnel/equipment by land
Live firing of weapons (armoured vehicles, artillery, mortar, infantry)
Establishment and maintenance of target areas, gun positions
Logistics support (facilities, camp sites, infrastructure etc.)
Construction and maintenance (roads, bridges, route clearance)
Detection and removal of unexploded ordnance (UXO)
Tactical manoeuvres and battle runs
Storage and movement of ammunition to the training area
Use of lasers
Deployment of smoke canisters
Use of flares and pyrotechnics and battle noise simulation
Explosive obstacle clearing
Defensive training against nuclear, biological and chemical warfare (does not
include use of these weapons)
Putrescible / non-putrescible waste, sewerage and grew water collection,
treatment and disposal
Establishment and operation of fuel farms, field workshops, field medical
facilities, field power generation and distribution, fuel distribution
6.8.4 Potential Risks and Impacts
Table 35 | Potential Impacts at Mount Bundey Training Area
Potential Impacts at Mount Bundey Training Area
Environmental Aspect
Potential Impacts
Terrestrial environment
Damage or disturbance to terrestrial flora and fauna from munitions landing
outside designated impact areas during land based live firing activities
Disturbance to soil from live firing activities increasing the potential for soil
erosion
Contamination of soils from live firing activity in impact
Damage or disturbance to terrestrial flora and fauna within training areas
due to clearing of vegetation to maintain or establish target areas or
Forward Operating Bases
Damage or disturbance to terrestrial flora and fauna by off road vehicle
manoeuvres within training areas
Accidental release and / or spill of contaminants (petrol, oils or chemicals)
during maintenance or refuelling of vehicles within training areas that may
cause soil, surface or ground water contamination
Inappropriate disposal of wastes (litter, garbage) by military personnel in
land-based manoeuvres within training areas that may cause pollution
Overloading of training area facilities for solid and liquid waste
management, resulting in pollution to soil, surface or groundwater
Soil erosion caused by vehicles (tracked and wheeled) using unsealed
roads within training areas
Translocation of weeds and/or pests from movement of vehicles,
equipment and personnel
p 111
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
Potential Impacts at Mount Bundey Training Area
Environmental Aspect
Potential Impacts
Health and safety risk from increased unexploded ordnance accumulating
in training areas
Noise generated by low flying aircraft over sensitive terrestrial habitats has
the potential to disturb breeding / nesting fauna
Built environment
Damage to roads from military convey
Defence personnel and civilian health and safety
Injury to observers from the operation of targeting lasers on aircraft
Health and safety implications to Defence personnel or civilians due to
bushfires started during live firing, pyrotechnic activities or exploding
projectiles, rockets, mortars and inert munitions
Health and safety risk from unexploded ordnance accumulation
Injury or death to Defence personnel or civilians due to accidental fire /
explosions from storage, transport and/or handling of ammunition
Social environment
Noise and traffic impacts from military convoy movements to / from Mount
Bundey Training Area have the potential to disturb residents adjacent to
transport routes, damage existing road infrastructure, disrupt other road
users, and result in accidental spills/ leaks of hydrocarbons and accidental
injury to animals
6.8.5 Mitigation Measures
6.8.5.1 Current Environmental Controls
Provisions in place to manage the day-to-day environmental and heritage attributes of Mount Bundey
Training Area are listed below.
6.8.5.1.1 Mount Bundey Training Area Standing Orders
Mount Bundey Training Area Training Area Standing Orders apply to all planned activities at Mount
Bundey Training Area during TS13, and are managed by the Range Control Officer.
6.8.5.1.2 Site Based Environment Officers
Environment Officers are professional environmental personnel that manage specific Defence areas.
Within these groups, there is an Environment Officer responsible for management of Ranges and
Training Areas. The Environment Officer – Ranges and Training Areas is responsible for management
of environment issues on the site, including implementation of the Northern Territory / Kimberley
Defence EMS incorporating environmental management programmes and monitoring.
6.8.5.1.3 Heritage and Environmental Management Plan
The Mount Bundey Training Area Heritage and Environmental Management Plan (HEMP) (AECOM,
2010) provides an integrated framework and strategies for management of the significant natural and
cultural heritage values at Mount Bundey Training Area, including management requirements during
major exercises.
p 112
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
6.8.5.1.4 Environmental Clearance Certificates
Defence manages the identified potential environmental impacts of specific activities through an
internal protocol known as an Environmental Clearance Certificate (ECC). All activities undertaken at a
Range or Training Area must have an approved Environmental Clearance Certificate which must be
reviewed and reissued if there is a change to the activity or change in the location. This process
ensures there is a robust process for environmental management to minimise the potential for adverse
environmental outcomes.
Further information is provided on the Defence website:
http://www.defence.gov.au/environment/impact.htm
6.8.5.2 TS13 Specific Environmental Controls
In addition, the following TS13 exercise specific environmental controls will be implemented to manage
possible environmental impacts at Mount Bundey Training Area:
TS13 Environmental Management Plan
TS13 Combined Exercise Instruction (CEI)
TS13 Induction DVD and briefings
Equipment Standard Operating Procedures
Spill containment equipment and response procedures
Environmental Management Group pre and post exercise monitoring
Traffic Management Plan
6.9 Coral Sea
6.9.1 Description of the area
The Coral Sea is located along the north east coast of Australia, between Queensland (east of and
excluding the Great Barrier Reef), New Guinea and Vanuatu, and part of the gazetted East Australia
Exercise Area (EAXA). It should be noted that the Exercise will not involve activities within the
Coringa-Herald or Lihou Reef National Nature Reserves or any other Marine Protected Areas.
Vessels will transit through the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park to reach the Coral Sea – activities
within the Park are captured under their respective and specific locations e.g. SWBTA, CBTA
6.9.2 Environmental Values
The Coral Sea encompasses a variety of migratory species, reef environments and marine habitat
features. A description of the key environmental values of the Coral Sea are summarised in Table 36.
Table 36 | Key Environmental Values of the Coral Sea
Key Environmental Values of the Coral Sea
Environmental Value
Description
Aquatic Environment
Coral reefs within the Coral Sea support a distinct community of marine
benthic (ocean floor environment) flora and fauna, a relatively rich diversity
of decapods crustacean and hydroid (predatory) fauna, and significant
feeding habitat for migratory birds and sea birds generally
Flora and Fauna
There are several islets within the Coral Sea comprising sandy habitats with
forest and shrubland, seagrasses and mangroves which often form in the
near shore fringe where the Coral Sea intersects with land
p 113
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
Key Environmental Values of the Coral Sea
Environmental Value
Description
There are 43 whale species and three dolphin species that migrate through
the region, including the humpback whale, Irawaddy dolphin, Indo-Pacific
humpback dolphin and bottlenose dolphin which are listed under the EPBC
Act. The Coral Sea islets support green turtle nests within sandy habitat, as
well as a number of important breeding populations of terns and other
seabirds within forests and shrublands. At least eight species of migratory
birds, including Pacific golden plover and ruddy turnstone, use reefs and
cays during migration. A list of EPBC listed species potentially occurring in
the Coral Sea is provided in Appendix J.
Heritage Marine Protected Areas in the Coral Sea include the Coringa-Herald
National Nature Reserve, the Lihou Reef National Nature Reserve. The
proposed activities will be conducted outside the Coringa- Herald and Lihou
Reef National Nature Reserves.
The Great Barrier Reef is outside the recognised area of the Coral Sea to
be used in the Exercise activities
There are heritage sites – historic shipwrecks – associated with vessels
sunk in the Coral Sea during World War II
Social aspects Commercial and private vessels travel through the Coral Sea for activities
including recreational (boating, snorkelling, diving), fishing (recreational
and commercial)
Matter of National Environmental Significance
The Great Barrier Reef Marine Park is listed under the EPBC Act as a
Matter of National Environmental Significance. It is also listed as a National
Heritage Place. Although the Reef is outside the designated Coral Sea
area, the proximity and interactions of these two environments and their
elements are taken into account.
Transit of naval vessels will cross Commonwealth marine areas
Threatened and migratory marine species occurring in the Coral Sea are
listed in Appendix I
Future Issue –
Coral Sea
Commonwealth
Marine Reserve
Proposal
Currently a proposal in progress, the Coral Sea Commonwealth Marine
reserve is to protect the waters, and the broader environmental values
contained, within the designated area. This protection will be against
mining, some fishing and other activities that would have a significant
impact on the values of the area and to ensure its health.
The values to be protected by the Marine Reserve designation are:
The landscape of coral reefs, sandy cays, underwater (deep sea)
plains and canyons;
The animals including turtles, sea birds, predatory and tropical (reef)
fish, whales, sharks;
The heritage particularly associated with naval vessels sunk during
WWII including the USS Lexington, USS Sims and USS Neosho; and
The final proposal permits Defence operations and training exercises
to occur within the marine reserve.
p 114
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
6.9.3 Planned Activities
It is noted that these potential exercises are representative of those activities undertaken within the
Coral Sea (Designated Area) as part of the on-going ADF training program in this area and are not
limited to the TS13 Exercise.
Table 37 | TS13 Planned Activities on the Coral Sea
TS13 Planned Activities on the Coral Sea
Sphere TS13 Planned Activities
Maritime Maritime transit to Coral Sea from Timor and Arafura Seas
Routine passage and manoeuvres
Operation of ship’s boats and other small watercraft
Amphibious landings(movement of stores and equipment from ship to shore)
Refuelling at anchor
Anchoring
Putrescible and non-putrescible waste collection and sea disposal of
garbage, sewage and oily wastes
Hovercraft and amphibious vehicle operations
Ballast water uptake and discharge
Submarine operations, including bottoming
Anti-surface, anti-air and anti-submarine warfare operations
Use of countermeasures systems
Weapons practice (ship missile and submarine torpedo firings will be
conducted in International Waters)
Ship and submarine mid-frequency active sonar usage
Mine warfare and diver training
Use of acoustic decoys, trackers and pingers
Use of flares and pyrotechnics and battle noise simulation
Streaming of submarine buoyant wire aerials
Use of underwater telephones
Use of ship radars
Movement of stores and equipment from ships to shore
Use of floating fuel bladders (filled with water for exercise purposes)
Air Air transit to the Coral Sea from Queensland airfields
Low-level flying by fixed wing aircraft and helicopters
Air combat and air intercept training
Supersonic flight by manned aircraft
Air to air refuelling
Transfer of stores
Dumping of fuel and jettisoning of stores from aircraft in emergency situations
only
Weapons training (gunnery, aircraft missile and rocket firings, and bombing
will be conducted in International Waters)
Parachute drops over water of personnel, stores and equipment
Use of acoustic trackers, pingers, locators, markers and release devices
Use of aircraft radars and lasers
Use of miscellaneous explosive and non-explosive aircraft stores
(sonobuoys)
High altitude sensor aircraft
p 115
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
6.9.4 Potential Risks and Impacts
Table 38 | Potential Impacts on the Coral Sea
Potential Impacts on the Coral Sea
Environmental Aspect
Potential Impacts
Maritime environment
Damage to seagrass beds, mangroves and/or coral reefs from anchoring or
accidental grounding of vessels. Disturbance to the sea floor may also result
in release of sediments and degradation of water quality
Accidental physical and/or psychological harm to marine fauna caused by
collisions from vessel manoeuvres and amphibious landings
Vessel accidents that may result in oil and/or fuel spills causing localised
pollution that may impact on marine habitat and fauna
Accidental release of hazardous liquid waste from ships (used for
maintenance) that may cause degradation of water quality and impact marine
habitat / fauna
Intentional release of liquid waste (ballast water, bilge water, grey water or
wastewater) that may cause degradation of water quality and impact on
marine habitat / fauna
Accidental release of waste (litter) from ships is washed up on beaches or
ingested by marine fauna causing localised pollution that may impact on
marine fauna
Noise emissions from small water craft manoeuvring inshore may disturb
sensitive marine fauna
The operation of small water craft inshore disturbs seagrass beds and
mangroves that may impact on marine habitat and fauna
Accidental fuel spill from refuelling at sea that may cause degradation of
water quality and impact on marine habitat and fauna
Accidental release of fuels / oils into the marine environment from aircraft
incidents that may cause degradation of water quality and impact marine
habitat / fauna
Munitions fired from ships / aircrafts (live firing, explosions) may impact on
marine habitat and kill or injure marine fauna
Use of underwater sonar may interfere or cause harm to marine fauna
Underwater noise emissions from explosions and use of explosive demolition
charges may interfere with or harm marine fauna
Solid waste from munitions potentially release contaminants into the marine
environment and degrades water quality
Introduction of marine pests by vessels visiting training areas
Atmospheric environment
Air pollution and subsequent climate change from the use of hydrocarbons as
fuels
Air pollution due to smoke emissions from accidental fire/explosions from
storage, transport and/or handling of ammunition on vessels
Defence personnel and civilian health and safety
Injury or death to Defence personnel or civilians due to accidental fire /
explosions from storage, transport and/or handling of ammunition on vessels
p 116
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
Potential Impacts on the Coral Sea
Environmental Aspect
Potential Impacts
Social environment
Vessel manoeuvres have the potential to collide with a third party
(recreational and commercial ships/boats) causing damage to property and/or
injury to civilians.
6.9.5 Mitigation Measures
6.9.5.1 Current Environmental Controls
6.9.5.1.1 Maritime Activities EMP, planning guides and procedures cards
The ADF Maritime Activities Environmental Management Plan has been developed to assist ADF units
and support organisations to conduct maritime activities in a manner which balances training and
operational requirements with regulatory obligations and environmental best practice measures. The
Maritime Activities EMP comprises of three elements: the Planning Guides, Planning Handbooks and
Procedure Cards.
The Planning Guides are intended to provide guidance for exercise planners and programmers so that
potential environmental impacts can be avoided in the first instance by separation in space and/or time
from environmentally sensitive areas. They should be used in conjunction with the relevant
Environmental Planning Handbooks for specific Maritime Exercise Areas (MXA) and the Procedure
Cards.
The Environmental Planning Handbooks provide a reference with pertinent background information
designed to assist in the planning of Defence activities in or adjacent to the Maritime Exercise Areas.
The Procedure Cards provide guidance on unit-level risk reduction and response measures for
individual activities including platforms/ships, platforms/aircraft, weapons system, sensor systems,
communications equipment, countermeasures systems, targets, instrumented ranges, mine warfare
and diver training and miscellaneous.
6.9.5.1.2 Environmental Clearance Certificates
Defence manages the identified potential environmental impacts of specific activities through an
internal protocol known as an Environmental Clearance Certificate (ECC). All activities undertaken at a
Range or Training Area must have an approved Environmental Clearance Certificate which must be
reviewed and reissued if there is a change to the activity or change in the location. This process
ensures there is a robust process for environmental management to minimise the potential for adverse
environmental outcomes.
Further information is provided on the Defence website:
http://www.defence.gov.au/environment/impact.htm
6.9.5.2 TS13 Specific Environmental Controls
In addition, the following TS13 exercise specific environmental controls will be implemented to manage
possible environmental impacts within the Coral Sea:
TS13 Environmental Management Plan
TS13 Combined Exercise Instruction (CEI)
TS13 Induction DVD and briefings
Equipment Standard Operating Procedures
Environmental Management Group pre and post exercise monitoring
p 117
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
6.10 Timor and Arafura Seas
6.10.1 Description of the area
The Timor Sea is located along the north coast of Australia, between Australia and Timor Leste and is
bound by the Arafura Sea to the east and the Indian Ocean to the west. A number of significant
islands and reefs are located in the Timor Sea, notably Melville Island, Ashmore Reef and Cartier
Islands and Scott and Seringapatam Reefs and their surrounds.
The Arafura Sea is located along the north coast of Australia, between the Gulf of Carpentaria and
Papua New Guinea and is bound by the Coral Sea to the east and the Timor Sea to the west.
6.10.2 Environmental Values
The Timor and Arafura Seas encompass a variety of migratory species and habitat features. A
description of the key environmental attributes is summarised in Table 39.
Table 39 | Key Environmental Values of the Timor and Arafura Seas
Key Environmental Values of the Timor and Arafura Seas
Environmental Value
Description
Geology, soils and topography
Several marine habitats occur in the Timor and Arafura Seas including
seagrass beds, mangroves and coral reefs. Seagrass beds occur in shallow
waters (<15m deep). Mangroves occur in the intertidal areas of the
Northern Territory coast. True coral reefs are not abundant in the region,
but diverse assemblages of corals on rocky substrate are widely distributed
in shallow water.
Flora and vegetation
Seagrass and mangroves occur in shallower inshore areas
Fauna habitat The Timor and Arafura Seas provide habitat for several threatened and
migratory marine species listed under the EPBC Act. These are listed in
Appendix K. Species of special concern include:
Mammals – dugong, Indo-Pacific humpback dolphin, Irrawady dolphin
Reptiles – loggerhead turtle, green turtle, leatherback turtle, hawksbill
turtle, olive ridley turtle, flatback turtle, saltwater crocodile
Sharks – grey nurse shark, northern river shark, speartooth shark
Seabirds – silver gulls, crested terns, Caspian tern, lesser crested tern,
roseate tern, black-naped tern, little tern, bridled tern and the common
noddy.
Marine turtles are likely to nest on any sandy beaches, however
regionally and nationally important nesting locations include Greenhill
Island and Morse Island. Nesting season is typically between
November and February. Important seabird populations are found at
Melville Island, Cobourg Peninsula and Croker Island.
Heritage Heritage sites within the coastal fringes of the Timor and Arafura Seas
listed on the Register of National Estate include Cobourg Peninsular
National Park, Cobourg Peninsula Marine Park, Reynolds River / Tabletop
Range and Ashmore Reef National Nature Reserve (also on the
Commonwealth Heritage List).
p 118
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
Key Environmental Values of the Timor and Arafura Seas
Environmental Value
Description
Social aspects Commercial shipping, recreational boating and commercial fisheries occur
in the Timor and Arafura Seas. Recreational boating occurs mainly close to
Darwin, however fisheries and shipping occur throughout the Timor and
Arafura Seas.
Matters of National Environmental Significance
Ashmore Reef National Nature Reserve and Cobourg Peninsula Wildlife
Sanctuary are Ramsar listed wetlands
Transit of naval vessels will cross Commonwealth marine areas
Threatened and migratory marine species potentially occurring in the Timor
and Arafura Seas are listed in Appendix K
6.10.3 Planned Activities
Table 40 provides a summary of the training activities to be undertaken in designated portions of the
Timor and Arafura Seas as part of TS13. These are similar to those activities planned for the Coral
Sea.
It is noted that these potential exercises are representative of those activities undertaken within the
Timor and Arafura Seas (Designated Area) as part of the on-going ADF training program in this area and
are not limited to the TS13 Exercise.
Table 40 | TS13 Planned Activities at Timor and Arafura Seas
TS13 Planned Activities at Timor and Arafura Seas
Sphere TS13 Planned Activities
Maritime Maritime transit to Coral Sea from Timor and Arafura Seas
Routine passage and manoeuvres
Operation of ship’s boats, amphibious vehicles and other small watercraft
Replenishment at sea
Heavy and light jackstay transfers
Putrescible and non-putrescible waste collection and sea disposal of garbage,
sewage and oily wastes
Ballast water uptake and discharge
Anti-surface, anti-air and anti-submarine warfare operations
Weapons practice (ship gunnery only)
Submarine operations (including bottoming)
Ship and submarine mid-frequency active sonar usage
Towed array operations
Use of ship and submarine acoustic decoys
Use of flares, smoke floats and other pyrotechnic devices
Streaming of submarine buoyant wire aerials
Use of underwater telephones
Use of ship radars
Use of countermeasures systems
Mine sweeps and non-explosive diver training
p 119
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
TS13 Planned Activities at Timor and Arafura Seas
Sphere TS13 Planned Activities
Air Air transit to the Timor and Arafura Seas from Northern Territory airfields
Low-level flying by fixed wing aircraft and helicopters
Air combat and air intercept training
Supersonic flight by manned aircraft
Air to air refuelling
Transfer of stores
Dumping of fuel and jettisoning of stores from aircraft in emergency situations
only
Weapons training (aircraft missile and rocket firings will be conducted in
International Waters, no bombing)
Parachute drops over water of personnel, stores and equipment
Use of acoustic trackers, pingers, locators, markers and release devices
Use of aircraft radars and lasers
Use of miscellaneous explosive and non-explosive aircraft stores (sonobuoys)
6.10.4 Potential Risks and Impacts
Table 41 | Potential Impacts on the Timor and Arafura Seas
Potential Impacts on the Timor and Arafura Seas
Environmental Aspect
Potential Impacts
Marine environment
Damage to seagrass beds, mangroves and/or coral reefs from anchoring or
accidental grounding of vessels. Disturbance to the sea floor may also
result in release of sediments and degradation of water quality
Accidental physical and/or psychological harm to marine fauna caused by
collisions from vessel manoeuvres
Vessel accidents that may result in oil and/or fuel spills causing localised
pollution that may impact on marine habitat and fauna
Accidental release of hazardous liquid waste from ships (used for
maintenance) that may cause degradation of water quality and impact
marine habitat / fauna
Intentional release of liquid waste (ballast water, bilge water, grey water or
wastewater) that may cause degradation of water quality and impact on
marine habitat / fauna
Accidental fuel spill from refuelling at sea that may cause degradation of
water quality and impact on marine habitat and fauna
Munitions fired from ships / aircrafts (live firing, missiles) may impact on
marine habitat and kill or injure marine fauna
Use of underwater sonar may interfere or cause harm to marine fauna
Underwater noise emissions from explosions may interfere or harm marine
fauna
Solid waste from munitions potentially release contaminants into the marine
environment and degrades water quality
Introduction of marine pests by vessels visiting training areas
p 120
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
Potential Impacts on the Timor and Arafura Seas
Environmental Aspect
Potential Impacts
Atmospheric environment
Air pollution and subsequent climate change from the use of hydrocarbons
as fuels
Air pollution due to smoke emissions from accidental fire/explosions from
storage, transport and/or handling of ammunition on vessels
Defence personnel and civilian health and safety
Injury or death to Defence personnel or civilians due to accidental fire /
explosions from storage, transport and/or handling of ammunition on
vessels
6.10.5 Mitigation Measures
6.10.5.1 Current Environmental Controls
6.10.5.1.1 Maritime Activities EMP, planning guides and procedures cards
The ADF Maritime Activities EMP has been developed to assist ADF units and support organisations
to conduct maritime activities in a manner which balances training and operational requirements with
regulatory obligations and environmental best practice measures. The Maritime Activities EMP
comprises of three elements: the Planning Guides, Planning Handbooks and Procedure Cards.
The Planning Guides are intended to provide guidance for exercise planners and programmers so that
potential environmental impacts can be avoided in the first instance by separation in space and/or time
from environmentally sensitive areas. They should be used in conjunction with the relevant
Environmental Planning Handbooks for specific Maritime Exercise Areas (MXA) and the Procedure
Cards.
The Environmental Planning Handbooks provide a reference with pertinent background information
designed to assist in the planning of Defence activities in or adjacent to the Maritime Exercise Areas.
The Procedure Cards provide guidance on unit-level risk reduction and response measures for
individual activities including platforms/ships, platforms/aircraft, weapons system, sensor systems,
communications equipment, countermeasures systems, targets, instrumented ranges, mine warfare
and diver training and miscellaneous.
6.10.5.1.2 Environmental Clearance Certificates
Defence manages the identified potential environmental impacts of specific activities through an
internal protocol known as an Environmental Clearance Certificate (ECC). All activities undertaken at a
Range or Training Area must have an approved Environmental Clearance Certificate which must be
reviewed and reissued if there is a change to the activity or change in the location. This process
ensures there is a robust process for environmental management to minimise the potential for adverse
environmental outcomes.
Further information is provided on the Defence website:
http://www.defence.gov.au/environment/impact.htm
p 121
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
6.10.5.2 TS13 Specific Environmental Controls
In addition, the following TS13 exercise specific environmental controls will be implemented to manage
possible environmental impacts within the Arafura and Timor Seas:
TS13 Environmental Management Plan
TS13 Combined Exercise Instruction (CEI)
TS13 Induction DVD and briefings
Equipment Standard Operating Procedures
Environmental Management Group pre and post exercise monitoring
p 122
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
7.1 Overview
A number of sites will be required to support the TS13 Exercise. These support sites typically provide
the following types of requirements: aircraft and aviation facilities, personnel transit and temporary
accommodation, delivery of supplies and equipment and similar logistics and staging activities. The
support sites and their description are summarized in Table 42.
Table 42 | Summary of Support Sites
Support Sites
Support Site Description and Location
RAAF Base Townsville
RAAF Base Townsville is located in Garbutt, 5 km west of the Townsville CBD in a developed urban / residential area. RAAF Base Townsville air movement areas and some airside services are shared with the Townsville International Airport. The combined RAAF Base / Airport site is identified as a Joint User Airport under the Commonwealth Airports Act 1996.
Adjoining the property to the north is the Townsville Town Common Conservation Park.
RAAF Base Amberley
RAAF Base Amberley is located 8 km from Ipswich, and approximately 50 km south-west of Brisbane.
This base is a major operational and deployment base for the Air Force.
RAAF Base Darwin
RAAF Base Darwin is located approximately 7 km north-east of the Darwin CBD. RAAF Base Darwin air movement areas and some airside services are shared with the Darwin International Airport. The combined RAAF Base / Airport site is identified as a Joint User Airport under the Commonwealth Airports Act 1996.
RAAF Base Tindal
RAAF Base Tindal is located approximately 13 km south east of Katherine (NT) and approximately 230 km south-east of Darwin.
The Base is approximately 12,200 ha of land. It is surrounded by pastoral and agricultural land, with quarries and the Cutta Cutta Caves National Park also in the area.
RAAF Base Richmond
RAAF Base Richmond is located approximately 50 km north west of the Sydney CBD and within the Sydney metropolitan area.
It is located adjacent to agricultural land uses leading to the Hawkesbury River and to residential land uses.
Rockhampton Airport
Rockhampton Airport is located 5 km to the west of the Rockhampton CBD. It is owned by the Rockhampton City Council.
Defence leases facilities within the Airport property.
7 Support Sites
p 123
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
Support Sites
Support Site Description and Location
Western Street Rockhampton Multi-User Depot
The Multi-User Depot is located in Western Street, Rockhampton.
The site comprises a number of office and training building, storage and open areas.
It is routinely used by military Reserve personnel and as temporary accommodation and equipment staging support for personnel attending training activities at SWBTA.
Port of Townsville
The Port of Townsville is located approximately 3 km to the north-east of Townsville CBD. It is an important sea port for Townsville and north Queensland, also serving the mining communities in western Queensland.
The port is used to both import and export goods. Imports include refined fuel products, nickel ore, vehicles and general cargo. Exports include refined metals, cattle and beef, sugar industry products.
The Port is also a regular stop for cruise ships and naval vessels.
Port of Gladstone
The Port of Gladstone is located approximately 520 km north of Brisbane and 2 km north of Gladstone on the town outskirts. It is an important Port for Central Queensland including inland areas with resource mining industries.
The main cargoes handled through the Port are based on these mining industries including coal and petroleum products, bauxite and its refined alumina and aluminium, and wheat.
Port Alma Port Alma is located approximately 60 km south of Rockhampton and is the sea-port for Rockhampton.
The main cargoes handled through the port are some explosives and chemicals (including used by the mining industry), bulk tallow and military equipment on transit to SWBTA.
Port of Darwin The Port of Darwin, and in particular Fort Hill Wharf, is located approximately 1.5 km from Darwin CBD. The Wharf is used mainly for visiting cruise ships and naval operations. Port of Darwin also consists of Stokes Hill Wharf and East Arm Wharf.
Sections 7.2, 7.3 and 7.4 following provide details of these sites including:
Description of the areas
Environmental values
Planned military activities
Potential risks and impacts of those activities
Mitigation measures
p 124
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
7.2 Aviation - RAAF Bases and Civil Airports
A number of RAAF Bases and civil airports will be utilised for aircraft movements and to
facilitate movement of personnel and equipment between Defence properties. A list and
description of these sites is provided below in Table 43.
Table 43 | RAAF Bases and Civil Airports
RAAF Bases and Civil Airports
RAAF Base / Civil Airport
Site Description
RAAF Base Townsville, North Queensland
RAAF Base Townsville is located on approximately 700 ha of land, 5 km west of the Townsville CBD. RAAF Base Townsville air movement areas and some airside services are shared with the Townsville International Airport. The combined RAAF Base / Airport site is identified as a Joint User Airport under the Commonwealth Airports Act 1996. Military aircraft operations and civil aircraft operations – regular passenger and general aviation – are co-ordinated and directed by the Townsville Air Traffic Control tower.
The surrounding land uses include light industrial uses to the south, residential to
the east, open public spaces to the north (Rowes Bay) and the Townsville Town
Common Conservation Park. This Park, managed by Queensland Parks and
Wildlife Service, is an ephemeral wetland listed on the Register of the National
Estate. The RAAF Base is built on low lying wetlands and coastal sediments and
forms part of the local wetlands system that includes the Town Commons.
RAAF Base Amberley, South Queensland
RAAF Base Amberley is the largest operational base for the ADF and is located 8 km from Ipswich and 50 km southwest of Brisbane. RAAF Base Amberley covers an area of 330 ha. The Cunningham Highway runs close to the Base and provides the major road link.
The Base is bordered to the north, west and east by the Bremer River, and Warrill
Creek to the south and east. The proximity and nature of these waterways poses a
flood risk to proximate portions of the Base. The area surrounding the Base is
primarily agricultural, with some residential areas which lead into Ipswich city to the
north-west.
RAAF Base Darwin, Northern Territory
RAAF Base Darwin covers an area of approximately 1,300 ha and is located 7 km from the Darwin CBD. Darwin International Airport is located northwest of the RAAF Base, The combined RAAF Base / Airport site is identified as a Joint User Airport under the Commonwealth Airports Act 1996. Military aircraft operations and civil aircraft operations – regular passenger and general aviation – are co-ordinated and directed by the Darwin Air Traffic Control tower. The Darwin International Airports owner has supported some non-aviation development to occur on its property.
Surrounding land uses include recreation, residential areas, open space, semi
broad acre commercial and agricultural development, rural small holdings and light
industrial uses. The RAAF Base is located at the headwaters of the Rapid Creek
catchment which includes Marrara Swamp.
A number of sites of Heritage value exist on the Base that are contained within the
Commonwealth Heritage List. These include the Commanding Officers Residence,
Water Tower, two types of Tropical House and the Base Precinct which contains on-
Base living accommodations (some dated pre-1945), messing, cinema and chapel,
as well as recognising the overall layout and streetscape of the precinct.
p 125
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
RAAF Bases and Civil Airports
RAAF Base / Civil Airport
Site Description
RAAF Base Tindal, Northern Territory
RAAF Base Tindal is the main tactical fighter Base in the Northern Territory and is located approximately 320 km south-east of Darwin and approximately 13 km south-east of the township of Katherine. The base lies adjacent to the Stuart Highway, which provides direct access to Katherine and Darwin. RAAF Base Tindal covers approximately 12,200 ha of land.
RAAF Base Tindal is the main fighter aircraft base in the Northern Territory and hosts both Australian and foreign fighter squadrons, including US and other nations. The fighter role of the base is supported thorough weapons exercises conducted at the nearby Delamere Range Facility.
Tindal Creek flows through the site, a tributary of the Katherine River, and is an
ephemeral stream that is subject to flooding. The base is underlain by Tindal
limestone and there are numerous sinkholes at the site that may support rainforest
habitats as well as the potential for caves that support troglodytic fauna. The Base
is surrounded by pastoral and agricultural land, quarries and the Cutta Cutta Caves
National Park.
RAAF Base Williamtown
RAAF Base Williamtown is located approximately 20 km north of Newcastle (NSW)
It is located adjacent to pastoral land, to Stockton Beach (Woormi Conservation Land) and the Tomago Sandbeds (Hunter Water Catchment Area)
RAAF Base Richmond
NSW
RAAF Base Richmond is located between the communities of Windsor and Richmond of the Sydney Metropolitan Area, and approximately 50 km to the north west of Sydney CBD. It is bound to the northern side by agricultural land uses leading down to the Hawkesbury River. On the southern side are residential and other urban land uses.
RAAF Base Richmond is contained on the Commonwealth Heritage List for its historic heritage values.
The base is known for its transport aircraft including Hercules aircraft supplying military equipment and various supplies – particularly in support of disaster relief.
Rockhampton Airport, Central Queensland
Rockhampton Airport is located 5 km from the Rockhampton CBD, with immediate surrounds comprising predominately residential, light industrial and agricultural land uses.
Rockhampton Airport is often utilised in the transport of military personnel (including by direct international charter) to Rockhampton Airport for transit to SWBTA (which is located approximately 70 km to the north). To facilitate this, Defence leases facilities at Rockhampton Airport. Rockhampton has traditionally been the main logistic and administrative support location for major Exercises.
p 126
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
7.2.1 Planned Activities
RAAF Bases Amberley, Townsville, Darwin, Tindal and Richmond will be used for aircraft take-off and
landing, refuelling and loading of ordnance. Aircraft involved will range in type from jet fighters to
transport carriers. In addition personnel may also transit through these Bases (onto a training area)
and also will temporarily camp (and their equipment will be stored) at RAAF Base Townsville
Rockhampton Airport will be used for its airfield facilities, associated apron areas and Defence leased
areas including Operations Technical (Optech) facilities. Aircraft landing and take-off including
refuelling will occur at Rockhampton Airport, with land movement of personnel and equipment from
the airport to the Western St Rockhampton facility.
All activities planned for these support sites are consistent with the activities currently undertaken at
these locations on a regular basis.
There will be a comparatively minor requirement for aircraft movement of personnel and equipment,
refuelling of aircraft and force build- up requiring landing and take-off of military aircraft at Brisbane
and Cairns airports. This is routine in nature for both military aircraft and the airports.
7.2.2 Potential Risks and Impacts
Key potential environmental impacts for RAAF Bases and civil airports (Aviation) include:
Fuel spills during aircraft refuelling
Translocation of weeds and / or pests from movement of vehicles, equipment and troops into or
from the airport property
Vehicle noise and road safety issues arising from movement of troops, vehicles and equipment
Ordnance detonation
Aircraft noise, in particular any changes in number, noise profile, etc. from the norm
7.2.3 Mitigation Measures
7.2.3.1 Current Environmental Controls
There are a number of provisions in place to manage the day-to-day environmental and heritage
attributes.
7.2.3.1.1 Standing Instructions
Standing Instructions have been developed for RAAF Bases Townsville, Amberley, Tindal, and Darwin
to provide the minimum safety measures and environmental considerations to be observed by all users
of the Bases and are to be read in conjunction with current instructions and training publications. The
Standing Instructions provide location-specific information on the environmental compliance
responsibilities, terrestrial, marine and estuarine safeguards and heritage protection.
7.2.3.1.2 Awareness Cards
RAAF Base Townsville and RAAF Base Darwin will be supplied with the Awareness Card pocket
reference issued to all personnel involved in TS13 at each of these Bases. Summarised information
includes management of waste, heritage areas, plants and animals, soil and erosion issues, and
appropriate use and management of marine areas.
7.2.3.1.3 Environmental Management Systems
Site specific Environmental Management Systems are in place at RAAF Bases Townsville, Amberley,
Williamtown and Richmond. The Environmental Management System for RAAF Base Townsville has
been certified to the international standard, ISO 14001.
p 127
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
7.2.3.1.4 Environment Officers
Environment Officers are professional environmental personnel that manage specific Defence areas.
Within these groups, there is an Environment Officer responsible for management of Ranges and
Training Areas. The RAAF bases involved in TS13 are supported by SEMs and EOs from the
respective Defence Management Regions. The Environment Officer is responsible for management of
environment issues on the site, including implementation of environmental management programmes
and monitoring.
7.2.3.1.5 Environmental Clearance Certificates
Defence manages the identified potential environmental impacts of specific activities through an
internal protocol known as an Environmental Clearance Certificate (ECC). Activities undertaken at a
property that area assessed, typically by the authorised property Environment Officers, as being
environmentally detrimental must have an approved ECC. This Certificate must be reviewed and
reissued if there is a change to the activity or change in the location. This process ensures there is a
robust process for environmental management to minimise the potential for adverse environmental
outcomes.
Further information is provided on the Defence website:
http://www.defence.gov.au/environment/impact.htm
7.2.3.2 TS13 Specific Environmental Controls
In addition, the following TS13 exercise specific environmental controls will be implemented to manage
possible environmental impacts at the support sites:
TS13 Environmental Management Plan
TS13 Combined Exercise Instruction (CEI)
Equipment Standard Operating Procedures
Safety procedures and buffer zones
Traffic Management Plan
Each military unit involved in TS13 will have a unit Environmental Liaison Officer who will be tasked
with promoting environmental awareness and ensuring that environmental controls are implemented,
and risks minimised.
7.3 Depots and Staging Sites
Table 44 | Staging Properties
Depots
Depot Site Site Description
Western Street Rockhampton Multi-User Depot, Central Queensland
The Defence property at 68 Western Street Rockhampton, is approximately 37.6 ha and is located adjacent to Rockhampton Airport.
The core function of the site is as a multi-user depot for reserve personnel yet has an alternate and important function to support exercises conducted in SWBTA.
During major combined exercises up to 2,000 personnel occupy the Western Street property. Current facilities at the Western Street site include purpose built facilities for operations support and a 500 person camp with a limited assortment of spare facilities.
Staging may be undertaken at other Defence sites, such as within Training areas – but those staging
activities will be captured as part of the overall planned activities in the training area.
p 128
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
7.3.1 Planned Activities
Staging support provides the land area required by personnel and the equipment – including vehicles
– in preparation for a deployment or move-out to an exercise. Key staging activities include:
Temporary sleeping and living accommodations - in existing buildings or tented on hardstand
Equipment storage. Equipment maintenance / checking if required.
Parking area for vehicles
Space for vehicles to be loaded/unloaded and moved out / in of the property in safety
Area for physical training (exercise)
Area for other training or preparation activities
7.3.2 Potential Risks and Impacts
Key potential environmental risks and impacts for staging areas include:
Fuel spills during vehicle refuelling
Translocation of weeds and/or pests from movement of vehicles, equipment and troops between
staging and training areas
Noise and road safety issues arising from movement of troops, vehicles and equipment within
the staging area and between staging - training areas
Noise from personnel movements, living and training at the staging property
7.3.3 Mitigation Measures
7.3.3.1 Current Environmental Controls
7.3.3.1.1 Awareness Cards
Awareness cards will be provided to participants prior to them at staging areas. The awareness cards
will provide information in “Plain English” on environmental risks and controls relevant to the property
and the subsequent training area they will move to. Environmental awareness briefings will be
provided for all participants at staging areas, prior to them undertaking Exercise activities, which will
include the materials covered in the awareness cards.
7.3.3.1.2 Environment Officers
Environment Officers are professional environmental personnel that manage specific Defence areas.
Within these groups, there is an Environment Officer (EO) responsible for management of Ranges
and Training Areas. The properties involved in TS13 are supported by SEMs and EOs from the
respective Defence Region. The Environment Officer is responsible for management of environment
issues on the site, including implementation of environmental management programmes and
monitoring.
7.3.3.1.3 Environmental Clearance Certificates
Defence manages the identified potential environmental impacts of specific activities through an
internal protocol known as an Environmental Clearance Certificate (ECC). Activities undertaken at a
property that area assessed, typically by the authorised property Environment Officers, as being
environmentally detrimental must have an approved ECC. This Certificate must be reviewed and
reissued if there is a change to the activity or change in the location. This process ensures there is a
robust process for environmental management to minimise the potential for adverse environmental
outcomes.
Further information is provided on the Defence website:
http://www.defence.gov.au/environment/impact.htm
p 129
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
7.3.3.2 TS13 Specific Environmental Controls
In addition, the following TS13 Exercise specific environmental controls will be implemented to
manage possible environmental impacts at the support sites:
TS13 Environmental Management Plan
TS13 Combined Exercise Instruction (CEI)
Equipment Standard Operating Procedures
Safety procedures and buffer zones
Traffic Management Plan
Each military unit involved in TS13 will have a Unit Environmental Liaison Officer who will be tasked
with promoting environmental awareness and ensuring that environmental controls are implemented
and risks minimised.
7.4 Port Facilities
A number of port facilities will be utilised for entry and exit of personnel, discharge of cargo (such as to
support Training Areas and minimise road traffic) and to support Naval vessel departures to and return
from off-shore Exercise activities. A list and description of these Ports is provided below in Table 45.
All ports, excluding Military activities, are operational 24 hrs per day; seven days a week.
Table 45 | Port Facilities
Port Facilities
Port Facility Site Descriptions
Port of Gladstone
The Port of Gladstone is located 525 km north of Brisbane and near Gladstone city. The ports’ facilities cater for the import of raw material and the export of finished product associated with major resource-based industries in the region. In particular this includes the coal and mineral mining industries and agricultural resources.
The Port is managed by Gladstone Ports Corporation - being a statutory corporation of the Queensland Government. Management includes provision of dredging and security measures; berthing and port operations.
The Port consists of 15 operational berths, with an additional berth under construction. This includes a dedicated tanker berth. Some berths are owned independently (such as by mining companies) for their use; other are owned by Gladstone Port Corporation and are available for multiple (non-dedicated) use.
Port Alma Port Alma is the ocean port for the city of Rockhampton and provides import and export facilities. Port Alma is a deep water harbour offering security and shelter that can accommodate vessels up to 180 m in length.
It is the main designated port on the East coast of Australia to handle explosive material and chemical.
The Port is managed by Gladstone Ports Corporation - being a statutory corporation of the Queensland Government. Management includes provision of dredging and security measures; berthing and port operations.
The Port consists of three operational berths.
p 130
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
Port Facilities
Port Facility Site Descriptions
Port of Townsville
The port of Townsville is a significant access cargo imports and exports for north Queensland. The port supports the immediate region as well as inland areas to outback Queensland. Imports include refined fuel products, nickel ore, vehicles and general cargo. Exports include refined metals, cattle and beef, raw sugar and molasses.
Safe operation of the port is guided by Maritime Safety Queensland. Port operating procedures take into consideration the environmental aspects of its location, in particular the nearby marine environment of the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park and World Heritage Areas.
The port is also in proximity to residential areas.
The Port is managed by the Port of Townsville Ltd - being a statutory corporation of the Queensland Government. Management includes provision of dredging and security measures; berthing and port operations.
The Port consists of nine operational berths, including a dedicated tanker berth. There are a number of breakwaters in the Port area that create a safe harbour.
Port Darwin Port of Darwin is a naturally occurring deep water port. It is one of only a few ports near an urban centre for the northern coast of Australia and so provides access to coastal areas east and west, as well as the shipping routes into Asia.
The Port of Darwin consists of three civil use wharfs, as well as port facilities at HMAS
Coonawarra (mainly patrol boats).
The three civil wharfs are:
East Arm Wharf – mainly for cargo of containers and resource based goods
Stokes Wharf – primarily a tourist location of non-maritime function. Also
provides the embarkation point for harbour cruises.
Fort Hill Wharf – predominantly used for cruise ship docking, non-cargo ship
docking and Naval ships
7.4.1 Planned Activities
Wharves at Port of Gladstone, Port Alma, Port of Brisbane, Port of Townsville and Port of Darwin will
be used for the entry of naval personnel and discharge of cargo from vessels. It should be noted that
the TS13 exercise munitions / explosives will be off-loaded from ships at a licensed facility at the Port
of Darwin and Port Alma or Port of Gladstone for activities in the Northern Territory and Queensland
respectively. These munitions will then be transported by road. This is standard practice and such
movement of munitions and explosives is undertaken not only by Defence but also other industries.
At Townsville Port, in-stream and pier-side cargo discharge from vessels will be necessary.
Associated activity may include underwater hydrography (by swimmers), vessel manoeuvres and
Special Forces helicopter-platform exercises.
p 131
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
7.4.2 Potential Risks and Impacts
Significant potential environmental risks and impacts for ports include:
Accidental fires / explosions during ammunition handling, transport or storage during transfer of
stores from ship to port during berthing, and from port to road vehicles
Release of contaminants (petrol, oils and lubricants or chemicals (POL)) due to storage vessel
rupture on port wharf areas
Inadvertent release of solid materials (non-waste) such as equipment into the sea during
anchoring within ports
Introduction of marine pests via release of ballast water, in a non-compliance area within port
Biosecurity risks due to inadequate quarantine measures
7.4.3 Mitigation Measures
7.4.3.1 Current Environmental Controls
7.4.3.2 Current Environmental Controls
7.4.3.2.1 Standard Operating Procedures
Defence has established Standard Operating Procedures (SOP’s) that include environmental controls, for the handling, storage and movement of munitions, explosives and other hazardous materials. Procedures also cover the enacting of safety zones (exclusion zones) at times of handling and storing those materials.
7.4.3.2.2 Maritime Activities Environmental Management Plan
All maritime activity must accord with the ADF Maritime Activities EMP, planning guides and Procedure Cards.
7.4.3.2.3 Environmental Clearance Certificates
Where necessary Defence may assess and issue ECCs for military activities to ensure there is a
robust process for environmental management to minimise the potential for adverse environmental
outcomes. ECCs specify the environmental mitigation and management requirements for each training
activity and must be approved before the training can commence.
7.4.3.3 TS13 Specific Environmental Controls
In addition, the following TS13 Exercise specific environmental controls will be implemented to
manage possible environmental impacts at the Port facilities:
TS13 Environmental Management Plan
TS13 Combined Exercise Instruction (CEI)
Equipment Standard Operating Procedures
Safety procedures
Quarantine inspections
p 132
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
In achieving its mission to defend Australia and its national interests, Defence is duly committed and
accountable to ensure environmental stewardship is effectively promulgated throughout TS13. This is
demonstrated by the actions and culture of exercise participants at all levels.
From experience gained in previous exercises and similar activities to TS13, the US Armed Forces and
ADF understands and is well prepared to provide the necessary resources, controls and tools required
to ensure environmental impacts are avoided where possible, and mitigated to the greatest extent
practicable. This experience is also gained from the routine and regular use of Defence’s training
facilities, providing a pathway of continual improvement in environmental management for Defence
training activity and the management of environmental features and aspects of its training areas.
As described in this PER, Defence has undertaken an environmental review of planned activities for
TS13 and is working closely with relevant government stakeholder representatives to ensure possible
environmental impacts are identified and actions will be taken to mitigate potential risks and reduce the
likelihood and consequence of environmental impacts occurring.
Actions committed for TS13 are summarised as follows and include:
Pre-exercise environmental briefings to all participants that will be involved in the TS13 exercise.
This will be carried out through presentations to participants, display of video awareness
information and provisioning of training area environmental awareness cards, issued to each
participant in a training area.
Establishment of an exercise-specific Environmental Monitoring Group that will provide support
and advice to exercise participants, reinforce environmental controls and procedures, undertake
comprehensive pre and post exercise monitoring and review environmental performance as part of
post-exercise management.
Enforcement of Exercise Instructions outlining responsibilities for environmental management and
responsive actions to be taken to deal with incidents and emergencies that can arise.
Enforcement of existing environmental controls that are provided for each training area within
Standing Orders and Environmental Management Plans, and enforcement of Standard Operating
Procedures for specific activities, including environment specific procedures, such as the Maritime
Activities Environmental Management Plan and Procedure Cards.
Preparation and implementation of an exercise-specific TS13 Environmental Management Plan that
will provide clear guidance on responsibilities, environmental management processes and planned
controls, including exercise monitoring and incident management.
8 TS13 Environmental
Commitment Summary
p 133
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
Defence is also committed to ensure community groups and the general public, are well informed of
the environmental aspects of staging of major exercises, such as TS13, and the environmental
management actions Defence is undertaking for the planning, staging and review of TS13, by:
Production and distribution of this PER, via website for electronic access, and distribution of copies
to key government agencies, elected representatives and to all participating libraries, and to
individuals upon request.
Information on frequently asked questions and Fact Sheets about major exercises and TS13.
Receipt of feedback from community groups and individuals on aspects in relation to
environmental management for TS13 using the communication channels established.
Defence accordingly invites community groups, government representatives and individuals to take the
time to understand the commitments Defence is making to ensure environmental sustainability is a
routine part of Defence training.
p 134
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
ADF (2001) Standing Orders for Cowley Beach Training Area, Chapter 13 Environmental and Heritage
Management, Australian Defence Force, December 2001
Aecom (2011) Talisman Sabre 2011 – Public Environmental Report, April 2011
Aecom (2010) Heritage and Environmental Management Plan: Mount Bundey Training Area.
Unpublished Report Prepared by Department of Defence
Department of Defence (2008) State of the Environment Report for Shoalwater Bay Training Area
2008
DSEWPaC (2012) EPBC Protection Matters Search Tool, Accessed August 2012, Commonwealth
Department of Sustainability, Environment, Water, Population and Communities
DSEWPaC (2009) Significant impact guidelines: 1.2 – Actions on, or impacting upon, Commonwealth
land and Actions by Commonwealth Agencies, Commonwealth Department of Sustainability,
Environment, Water, Population and Communities
GHD (2007) Shoalwater Bay Landscape Monitoring Program Report 2007 Implementation,
Unpublished Report Prepared for the Department of Defence, September 2007
Hewitt AD, Jenkins TF, Ranney TA, Stark JA, Walsh ME, Taylor S, Walsh MR, Lambert DJ, Perron
NM, Collins NH and Karn R (2003) Estimates for Explosive Residue for the Detonation of Army
Munitions US Army Corps Engineers, Engineer Research and Development Centre
HLA (2004a) Cowley Beach Training Area Land Management Strategy Prepared for Corporate
Services Infrastructure – NQ. Unpublished Report Prepared for Department of Defence, April 2004
HLA (2004b) Environmental Impact Assessment of Defence Training Activities at Cowley Beach
Training Area Unpublished Report Prepared for the Department of Defence
HLA (2006) Draft Heritage and environmental Managmenet Plan: Bradshaw Field Training Area
Unpublished Report Prepared for the Department of Defence
Jaensch R (2008) A condition assessment of wetlands and waterbirds in the Shoalwater Bay Training
Area Wetlands International, February 2008
URS (2002) Bradshaw Field Training Area Gouldian Finch Management Plan Unpublished Report
Prepared for the Department of Defence
9 References
Appendices
Appendix A Joint Statement of Environmental and Heritage Principles
p 1
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
Appendix B Defence Environmental Risk Tool (ERT)
p 1
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
Risk Assessment Matrix
Likelihood Rating
Consequence Rating
Severe Major Moderate Minor Negligible
Almost Certain Very High Very High High Medium Low
Likely Very High High Medium Medium Low
Possible High High Medium Medium Low
Unlikely High Medium Medium Low Low
Rare High Medium Low Low Low
Description of Risk Dimensions
Risk Dimension Description
Environment and Heritage Impact on the environment, including contamination, damage to flora and
fauna, fire, noise, soil damage and erosion, greenhouse gas emission, bio-
diversity, feral animals and water quality.
Environmental management in the strategic context of Defence business.
Impact on Heritage listed assets.
Likelihood of the consequences occurring in the exercise period
Likelihood Description
Almost certain (1) Has occurred several times in the past year and in each of the previous 5 years OR has a > 90% chance of occurring before the risk assessment is reviewed (12 months) if the risk is not mitigated.
Likely (3) Has occurred at least once in the past year and in each of the previous 5 years OR has a 60-90% chance of occurring before the risk assessment is reviewed (12 months) if the risk is not mitigated.
Possible (5) Even probability of consequences occurring before the risk assessment is reviewed (12 months). Has occurred two or three times during the past 5 years OR has a 40-60% chance of occurring before the risk assessment is reviewed (12 months) if the risk is not mitigated.
Unlikely (7) Has occurred once in the last 5 years OR has a 10-30% chance of occurring in the future if the risk is not mitigated.
Rare (9) Has not occurred in the past 5 years OR may occur in exceptional circumstances, i.e. less than 10% chance of occurring in the next funding period if the risk is not mitigated.
p 2
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
Consequences: if the impact occurs
Severe (1) Major (6) Moderate (11) Minor (16) Negligible (21)
Environment and Heritage
Irreversible and extensive:
impact on a listed species; or
damage to the values of a listed or indigenous heritage site.
Irreversible and extensive damage to heritage, the environment or native fauna. OR
Extensive and reversible or irreversible and localized:
impact on a listed species; or
damage to the values of a listed or indigenous heritage site. OR
Extensive unnecessary production of waste or consumption of resources.
Extensive and reversible or irreversible and localized damage to heritage, the environment or native fauna. OR
Localised and reversible:
impact on a listed species; or
damage to the values of a listed or indigenous heritage site. OR
Production of waste or consumption of resources substantially higher than necessary.
Localized and reversible damage to heritage, the environment or native fauna. OR
Production of waste or consumption of resources that is slightly higher than necessary.
Environmental or heritage impact, production of waste or consumption of resources that would not be of concern to a reasonable person.
p 1
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
Appendix C List of Threatened Communities, Species and Migratory Species for Shoalwater Bay Training Area
p 1
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
List of Matters of National Environmental Significance likely to occur in the SWBTA
Scientific name Common name EPBC Status Likelihood of Occurrence
Threatened Ecological Communities
Littoral Rainforest and Coastal Vine Thickets of Eastern Australia CE Known (O’Neill P. 2008. Forests,
Woodlands and Freshwater Wetlands.
In: SWBTA State of the Environment
Report. Chapter 6. Department of
Defence. Canberra, as cited in TS11)
Semi-evergreen vine thickets of the Brigalow Belt (North and South) and Nandewar Bioregions
E Community likely to occur within area
Birds
Epthianura crocea macgregori Yellow Chat (Dawson) CE May; Suitable marine plain wetlands are present in SWBTA and Yellow Chat population present at Torilla Plains just west of SWBTA, however, never recorded in fauna surveys of SWBTA (as cited in TS11)
Erythrotriorchis radiatus Red Goshawk V Species or species habitat known to occur within area
Geophaps scripta scripta Squatter Pigeon (southern) V Known; Recorded at site. Plain eucalypt woodland / open forest, hill eucalypt woodland / open forest, riparian forest / woodland, swamp forest / woodland, cleared land (HLA 2006, as cited in TS11)
Macronectes giganteus Southern Giant-Petrel E, M May; Occasionally forages in waters off central Queensland coast during winter (as cited in TS11)
Neochmia ruficauda ruficauda Star Finch (eastern), Star Finch (southern)
E Improbable; Suitable grassy woodland habitat present close to water, but no records from recent fauna surveys in SWBTA or central Queensland (as cited in TS11)
Poephila cincta cincta Black-Throated Finch E Improbable; Suitable habitat is present, but not recorded in fauna surveys of SWBTA and no records from Rockhampton area since 1970s (as cited in TS11)
Pterodroma neglecta neglecta Kermadec Petrel (western) V May; Occasionally forages in waters off central Queensland coast during winter (as cited in TS11)
Rostratula australis Australian Painted Snipe V May; Suitable shallow terrestrial freshwater wetlands are present (as cited in TS11)
p 2
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
List of Matters of National Environmental Significance likely to occur in the SWBTA
Scientific name Common name EPBC Status Likelihood of Occurrence
Birds
Turnix melanogaster Black-breasted Button-quail V May; Suitable drier low closed forests are present, not recorded in fauna surveys in SWBTA but species is highly cryptic and difficult to detect (AECOM, 2010a, as cited in TS11)
Botaurus poiciloptilus Australasian Bittern E Species or species habitat may occur within area
Fregetta grallaria grallaria White-bellied Storm-Petrel (Tasman Sea), White-bellied Storm Petrel (Australasian)
V Species or species habitat likely to occur within area
Apus pacificus Fork-tailed Swift M Species or species habitat may occur within area
Ardea alba Great Egret, White Egret M Species or species habitat may occur within area
Ardea ibis Cattle Egret M Species or species habitat may occur within area
Sterna albifrons Little Tern M Species or species habitat may occur within area
Sterna caspia Caspian Tern M Breeding known to occur within area
Haliaeetus leucogaster White-bellied Sea-Eagle M Species or species habitat likely to occur within area
Hirundapus caudacutus White-throated Needletail M Species or species habitat may occur within area
Hirundo rustica Barn Swallow M Species or species habitat may occur within area
Merops ornatus Rainbow Bee-eater M Species or species habitat may occur within area
Monarcha melanopsis Black-faced Monarch M Breeding may occur within area
Monarcha trivirgatus Spectacled Monarch M Breeding likely to occur within area
Myiagra cyanoleuca Satin Flycatcher M Species or species habitat likely to occur within area
Rhipidura rufifrons Rufous Fantail M Breeding may occur within area
Actitis hypoleucos Common Sandpiper M Roosting known to occur within area
Arenaria interpres Ruddy Turnstone M Roosting known to occur within area
Calidris acuminata Sharp-tailed Sandpiper M Roosting known to occur within area
Calidris canutus Red Knot, Knot M Foraging, feeding or related behaviour known to occur within area
p 3
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
List of Matters of National Environmental Significance likely to occur in the SWBTA
Scientific name Common name EPBC Status Likelihood of Occurrence
Birds
Calidris ferruginea Curlew Sandpiper M Roosting known to occur within area
Calidris ruficollis Red-necked Stint M Roosting known to occur within area
Calidris tenuirostris Great Knot M Roosting known to occur within area
Charadrius leschenaultii Greater Sand Plover, Large
Sand Plover
M Roosting known to occur within area
Charadrius mongolus Lesser Sand Plover, Mongolian Plover
M Roosting known to occur within area
Gallinago hardwickii Latham's Snipe, Japanese
Snipe
M Roosting may occur within area
Heteroscelus brevipes Grey-tailed Tattler M Roosting known to occur within area
Limosa lapponica Bar-tailed Godwit M Roosting known to occur within area
Numenius madagascariensis Eastern Curlew M Known; in beaches and sea, Estuarine mudflats (as cited in TS11)
Numenius minutus Little Curlew, Little Whimbrel M Roosting likely to occur within area
Numenius phaeopus Whimbrel M Roosting known to occur within area
Pluvialis fulva Pacific Golden Plover M Roosting known to occur within area
Pluvialis squatarola Grey Plover M Roosting known to occur within area
Rostratula benghalensis (sensu lato).
Painted Snipe V, M Species or species habitat may occur within area
Tringa stagnatilis Marsh Sandpiper, Little
Greenshank
M Foraging, feeding or related behaviour known to occur within area
Xenus cinereus Terek Sandpiper M Roosting known to occur within area
Mammals
Balaenoptera musculus Blue Whale E, M Improbable; Waters off Queensland are unlikely to provide significant feeding habitat for this species (as cited in TS11)
Chalinolobus dwyeri Large-eared Pied Bat, Large
Pied Bat
V Known; Recorded at site. Mangroves, coastal vine forest, riparian forest / woodland, freshwater wetlands are present at site (HLA 2006, as cited in TS11)
Dasyurus hallucatus Northern Quoll E May; suitable rocky country in open eucalypt forest is present but species not recorded in fauna surveys at SWBTA (AECOM, 2010a, as cited in TS11)
p 4
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
List of Matters of National Environmental Significance likely to occur in the SWBTA
Scientific name Common name EPBC Status Likelihood of Occurrence
Mammals
Megaptera novaeangliae Humpback Whale V, M Breeding known to occur within area
Pteropus poliocephalus Grey-headed Flying-fox V Improbable; Current northern limit is Maryborough (Churchill, 2008, as cited in TS11)
Xeromys myoides Water Mouse, False Water
Rat
V May; Mangroves and sedgelands are present on site (HLA 2006, as cited in TS11)
Balaenoptera edeni Bryde's Whale M Species or species habitat may occur within area
Dugong dugon Dugong M Species or species habitat likely to occur within area
Orcinus orca Killer Whale, Orca M Species or species habitat may occur within area
Sousa chinensis Indo-Pacific Humpback
Dolphin
M Species or species habitat may occur within area
Nyctophilus corbeni South-eastern Long-eared Bat V Species or species habitat may occur within area
Phascolarctos cinereus (combined populations of Qld, NSW and the ACT)
Koala (combined populations of Queensland, New South Wales and the Australian Capital Territory)
V Species or species habitat known to occur within area
Orcaella brevirostris Irrawaddy Dolphin M Species or species habitat may occur within area
Reptiles
Caretta caretta Loggerhead Turtle E, M Foraging, feeding or related behaviour known to occur within area
Chelonia mydas Green Turtle V, M Known (Breeding); Species has been recorded at site (L. Sommers and GBRMPA, pers. comm., as cited in TS11)
Denisonia maculata Ornamental Snake V Species or species habitat likely to occur within area
Dermochelys coriacea Leatherback Turtle, Leathery Turtle, Luth
E, M Known (Breeding); Species has been recorded at site (M. Drewe and GBRMPA, pers. comm., as cited in TS11)
Egernia rugosa Yakka Skink V Species or species habitat may occur within area
Eretmochelys imbricata Hawksbill Turtle V, M Species or species habitat likely to occur within area
p 5
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
List of Matters of National Environmental Significance likely to occur in the SWBTA
Scientific name Common name EPBC Status Likelihood of Occurrence
Reptiles
Furina dunmalli Dunmall's Snake V Improbable; Suitable brigalow habitat not present in SWBTA (as cited in TS11)
Lepidochelys olivacea Olive Ridley Turtle, Pacific Ridley Turtle
E, M Species or species habitat likely to occur within area
Natator depressus Flatback Turtle V, M Known; Recorded on site (PPK 1999, as cited in TS11)
Rheodytes leukops Fitzroy River Turtle, Fitzroy Tortoise, Fitzroy Turtle
V May; SWBTA is in Fitzroy River catchment and contains suitable fast-flowing clear water (as cited in TS11)
Crocodylus porosus Salt-water Crocodile, Estuarine Crocodile
M Known; Present in larger coastal streams (as cited in TS11)
Paradelma orientalis Brigalow Scaly-foot V Species or species habitat likely to occur within area
Sharks
Carcharias taurus (east coast population)
Grey Nurse Shark (east coast population)
CE Species or species habitat may occur within area
Pristis zijsron Green Sawfish, Dindagubba, Narrowsnout Sawfish
V May; juveniles found inshore in
foreshores and embayments (QLD DPI,
2009, as cited in TS11)
Rhincodon typus Whale Shark V Species or species habitat may occur within area
Lamna nasus Porbeagle, Mackerel Shark M Species or species habitat may occur within area
Plants
Comesperma oblongatum Byfield Matchstick V Known; Recorded in headland grassfield
and shrubfield at site (REs 8.2.3b,
8.2.7e, 8.2.8) (HLA 2006, as cited in
TS11)
Cycas megacarpa E May; Ridge forest, hill Eucalypt
woodland and open forest are present at
site (HLA 2006, as cited in TS11)
Cycas ophiolitica E Known; Recorded in ridge forest, hill
eucalypt woodland / open forest, hill
rainforest and vine thicket in association
with RE 11.11.15 at site (HLA 2006, as
cited in TS11)
Grevillea venusta V Known; Recorded in riparian forest and
woodland at site (REs 8.1.1, 8.3.3b,
8.11.3b,8.12.3c, 8.12.10a) (HLA 2006,
as cited in TS11)
p 6
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
List of Matters of National Environmental Significance likely to occur in the SWBTA
Scientific name Common name EPBC Status Likelihood of Occurrence
Plants
Leucopogon cuspidatus V Known; Recorded in eucalypt woodland
in Pyri Pyri Sector (Queensland
Herbarium, 2010, as cited in TS11)
Sowerbaea subtilis V Known; Recorded in swamp forest and
woodland and freshwater wetlands (Res
8.2.2, 8.2.3, 8.2.4b) (HLA 2006, as cited
in TS11)
Taeniophyllum muelleri Minute Orchid, Ribbon-root
Orchid
V Known; in riparian closed Forest (as
cited in TS11)
Omphala celata V Species or species habitat likely to occur within area
Samadera bidwillii V Species or species habitat likely to occur within area
Streblus pendulinus Siah’s Backbone, Sia’s Backbone, Isaac Wood
E Species or species habitat likely to occur within area
p 1
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
Appendix D List of Threatened Communities, Species and Migratory Species for Saumarez Training Area
p 1
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
List of Matters of National Environmental Significance likely to occur in the SRTA
Scientific name Common name EPBC Status
Likelihood of Occurrence
Birds
Fregetta grallaria grallaria White-bellied Storm-Petrel
V Species or species habitat likely to occur within area
Macronectes giganteus Southern Giant-Petrel E, M Species or species habitat may occur within area
Pterodroma heraldica Herald Petrel CE Species or species habitat may occur within area
Pterodroma neglecta neglecta Kermadec Petrel (western)
V Species or species habitat may occur within area
Mammals
Balaenoptera musculus Blue Whale E, M Species or species habitat may occur within area
Megaptera novaeangliae Humpback whale V Species or species habitat may occur within area
Balaenoptera bonaerensis Antarctic Minke Whale, Dark-shoulder Minke Whale
M Species or species habitat may occur within area
Balaenoptera edeni Bryde’s Whale M Species or species habitat may occur within area
Orcinus orca Killer Whale, Orca M Species or species habitat may occur within area
Physeter macrocephalus Sperm Whale M Species or species habitat may occur within area
Reptiles
Caretta caretta Loggerhead Turtle E, M Species or species habitat likely to occur within
area
Chelonia mydas Green Turtle V, M Species or species habitat likely to occur within
area
Dermochelys coriacea Leatherback Turtle, Leathery Turtle, Luth
E, M Species or species habitat likely to occur within area
Eretmochelys imbricate Hawksbill Turtle V, M Species or species habitat likely to occur within area
Lepidochelys olivacea Olive Ridley Turtle, Pacific Ridley Turtle
E, M Species or species habitat likely to occur within area
Natator depressus Flatback Turtle V, M Species or species habitat likely to occur within area
Sharks
Rhincodon typus Whale Shark V, M Species or species habitat may occur within area
p 1
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
Appendix E List of Threatened Communities, Species and Migratory Species for Townsville Field Training Area
p 1
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
List of Matters of National Environmental Significance likely to occur in the TFTA
Scientific name Common name EPBC Status Likelihood of Occurrence
Birds
Casuarius casuarius johnsonii Southern Cassowary
(Australian), Southern
Cassowary
E Improbable; Suitable rainforest habitat not present in TFTA (as cited in TS11)
Erythrotriorchis radiatus Red Goshawk V Known; Confirmed occurrence on site (EES 2004). Species is known to occur along or near watercourses, in swamp forests and woodlands (NPWS 2002, as cited in TS11)
Geophaps scripta scripta Squatter Pigeon (southern) V Known; Recorded in grassy woodland on site (EES 2004, as cited in TS11)
Neochmia ruficauda ruficauda Star Finch (eastern), Star Finch (southern)
E Improbable; Grasslands and grassy woodlands close to freshwater bodies are not present on site (EES 2004, as cited in TS11)
Poephila cincta cincta Black-throated Finch (southern) E Likely; Suitable grassy, open woodlands and forests are present in site (as cited in TS11)
Rostratula australis Australian Painted Snipe V May; Suitable shallow terrestrial freshwater wetlands are present (as cited in TS11)
Apus pacificus Fork-tailed Swift M Species or species habitat may occur within area
Ardea alba Great Egret, White Egret M Species or species habitat may occur within area
Ardea ibis Cattle Egret M Species or species habitat may occur within area
Haliaeetus leucogaster White-bellied Sea-Eagle M Species or species habitat likely to occur within area
Hirundapus caudacutus White-throated Needletail M Species or species habitat known to occur within area
Hirundo rustica Barn Swallow M Species or species habitat may occur within area
Merops ornatus Rainbow Bee-eater M Species or species habitat may occur within area
Monarcha melanopsis Black-faced Monarch M Species or species habitat known to occur within area
Monarcha trivirgatus Spectacled Monarch M Breeding likely to occur within area
Myiagra cyanoleuca Satin Flycatcher M Species or species habitat likely to occur within area
Rhipidura rufifrons Rufous Fantail M Breeding may occur within area
p 2
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
List of Matters of National Environmental Significance likely to occur in the TFTA
Scientific name Common name EPBC Status Likelihood of Occurrence
Birds
Gallinago hardwickii Latham's Snipe, Japanese Snipe M Species or species habitat may occur within area
Grus antigone Sarus Crane M Species or species habitat likely to occur within area
Rostratula benghalensis (sensu lato)
Painted Snipe M Species or species habitat may occur within area
Mammals
Bettongia tropica Northern Bettong E May; Grassy woodland is present on
site in association with RE 9.3.3
(SMEC 2004, as cited in TS11)
Dasyurus hallucatus Northern Quoll E Likely; Suitable rocky country in open
eucalypt forest is present (Peter Buosi,
pers. comm., as cited in TS11)
Dasyurus maculatus gracilis Spotted-tailed Quoll or Yarri
(North Queensland subspecies)
E Improbable; Suitable upland rainforest
habitat not present in TFTA (as cited in
TS11)
Hipposideros semoni Semon's Leaf-nosed Bat,
Greater Wart-nosed Horseshoe-
bat
E Improbable; Species prefers caves or
abandoned mines (roosting habitats)
and rainforests / vine thickets (foraging
habitats) (SMEC 2004, as cited in
TS11). This is not present on site
(SMEC 2004, as cited in TS11)
Pteropus conspicillatus Spectacled Flying-fox V Improbable; Suitable rainforest habitat
not present at site (HLA 2007, as cited
in TS11). Species is not found more
than 7 km from rainforest (Hall 1983,
as cited in TS11)
Pteropus poliocephalus Grey-headed Flying-fox V Improbable; Current northern limit is
Maryborough (Churchill, 2008, as cited
in TS11)
Saccolaimus saccolaimus nudicluniatus
Bare-rumped Sheathtail Bat CE May; Suitable poplar gum woodland is present in site (as cited in TS11)
Xeromys myoides Water Mouse, False Water Rat V Species or species habitat may occur
within area
Phascolarctos cinereus (combined populations of Qld, NSW and the ACT)
Koala (combined populations of Queensland, New South Wales and the Australian Capital Territory)
V Species or species habitat known to occur within area
p 3
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
List of Matters of National Environmental Significance likely to occur in the TFTA
Scientific name Common name EPBC Status Likelihood of Occurrence
Frogs
Litoria nannotis Waterfall Frog, Torrent Tree Frog
E Improbable; Species requires water for feeding (commonly located adjacent to river/creek systems) and suitable habitat is not present on site (SMEC 2004, as cited in TS11)
Nyctimystes dayi Lace-eyed Tree Frog, Australian Lacelid
E May; suitable rocky streams in closed forest present in site (as cited in TS11)
Litoria rheocola Common Mistfrog E Species or species habitat likely to occur within area
Reptiles
Delma labialis Striped-tailed Delma, Single-striped Delma
V May; Suitable forest with grassy
understorey is present in site (as cited
in TS11)
Egernia rugosa Yakka Skink V May; Eucalypt woodlands are present
on site (EES 2004, as cited in TS11)
Denisonia maculata Ornamental Snake V Species or species habitat may occur within area
Lerista vittata Mount Cooper Striped Lerista V Species or species habitat may occur within area
Crocodylus porosus Salt-water Crocodile, Estuarine Crocodile
M Species or species habitat likely to occur within area
Plants
Acacia ramiflora V Improbable; suitable sandstone habitat
not present in site (as cited in TS11)
Croton magneticus V May; Vine thickets are present on site
in association with HRTA, Special
Lease and Star subregions (EES
2004, as cited in TS11)
Hydrocharis dubia Frogbit V May; Slow moving waterways are
present on site (SMEC 2004, as cited
in TS11)
Leucopogon cuspidatus V Likely; Montane heathy woodlands on
skeletal soils are present at site (as
cited in TS11)
Marsdenia brevifolia V Likely; Montane open woodlands on
skeletal soils are present at site (as
cited in TS11)
Taeniophyllum muelleri Minute Orchid, Ribbon-root
Orchid
V Species or species habitat likely to
occur within area
p 4
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
List of Matters of National Environmental Significance likely to occur in the TFTA
Scientific name Common name EPBC Status Likelihood of Occurrence
Plants
Tephrosia leveillei V Likely; Suitable eucalypt woodland /
forest present in site (as cited in TS11)
Tylophora williamsii V Likely; Suitable vine thicket and gallery
forest habitats present in site (as cited
in TS11)
Cajanus mareebensis E Species or species habitat may occur within area
Omphalea celata V Species or species habitat likely to occur within area
Streblus pendulinus Siah’s Backbone, Sia’s Backbone, Isaac Wood
E Species or species habitat likely to occur within area
p 1
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
Appendix F List of Threatened Communities, Species and Migratory Species for Cowley Beach Training Area
p 1
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
List of Matters of National Environmental Significance likely to occur in the CBTA
Scientific name Common name EPBC Status Likelihood of Occurrence
Threatened Ecological Communities
Littoral Rainforest and Coastal Vine Thickets of Eastern Australia CE Community likely to occur within
area
Birds
Casuarius casuarius johnsonii Southern Cassowary
(Australian), Southern
Cassowary
E Known; recorded in coastal
rainforests and mixed open
forests in site (as cited in TS11)
Erythrotriorchis radiatus Red Goshawk V Species or species habitat likely
to occur within area
Fregetta grallaria grallaria White-bellied Storm-Petrel
(Tasman Sea), White-bellied
Storm-Petrel (Australasian(
V Species or species habitat likely
to occur within area
Rostratula australis Australian Painted Snipe V May; Suitable shallow terrestrial
freshwater wetlands are present
(as cited in TS11)
Apus pacificus Fork-tailed Swift M Species or species habitat may
occur within area
Ardea alba Great Egret, White Egret M Species or species habitat may
occur within area
Ardea ibis Cattle Egret M Species or species habitat may
occur within area
Sterna albifrons Little Tern M Species or species habitat may
occur within area
Haliaeetus leucogaster White-bellied Sea-Eagle M Species or species habitat likely
to occur within area
Hirundapus caudacutus White-throated Needletail M Species or species habitat likely
to occur within area
Hirundo rustica Barn Swallow M Species or species habitat may
occur within area
Merops ornatus Rainbow Bee-eater M Species or species habitat may
occur within area
Monarcha melanopsis Black-faced Monarch M Species or species habitat known
to occur within area
Monarcha trivirgatus Spectacled Monarch M Breeding likely to occur within
area
Myiagra cyanoleuca Satin Flycatcher M Species or species habitat likely
to occur within area
p 2
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
List of Matters of National Environmental Significance likely to occur in the CBTA
Scientific name Common name EPBC Status Likelihood of Occurrence
Birds
Rhipidura rufifrons Rufous Fantail M Breeding may occur within area
Actitis hypoleucos Common Sandpiper M Roosting known to occur within
area
Arenaria interpres Ruddy Turnstone M Roosting known to occur within
area
Calidris ruficollis Red-necked Stint M Roosting known to occur within
area
Charadrius leschenaultii Greater Sand Plover, Large
Sand Plover
M Roosting known to occur within
area
Charadrius mongolus Lesser Sand Plover, Mongolian
Plover
M Roosting known to occur within
area
Gallinago hardwickii Latham's Snipe, Japanese Snipe M Roosting may occur within area
Heteroscelus brevipes Grey-tailed Tattler M Roosting known to occur within
area
Numenius madagascariensis Eastern Curlew M Roosting known to occur within
area
Numenius minutus Little Curlew, Little Whimbrel M Roosting likely to occur within
area
Numenius phaeopus Whimbrel M Roosting known to occur within
area
Pluvialis squatarola Grey Plover M Roosting known to occur within
area
Rostratula benghalensis (sensu
lato)
Painted Snipe V, M Species or species habitat may
occur within area
Xenus cinereus Terek Sandpiper M Roosting known to occur within
area
Mammals
Dasyurus hallucatus Northern Quoll E Known; recorded at BFTA sites
01, 02, 03, 06, 07, 08 and NT1 in
2002 (Australian Heritage
Commission 2002, as cited in
TS11)
p 3
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
List of Matters of National Environmental Significance likely to occur in the CBTA
Scientific name Common name EPBC Status Likelihood of Occurrence
Mammals
Hipposideros semoni Semon's Leaf-nosed Bat,
Greater Wart-nosed Horseshoe-
bat
E Improbable; Suitable roosting
habitat (caves and abandoned
mines) not present in site (as cited
in TS11)
Species or species habitat may
occur within area
Pteropus conspicillatus Spectacled Flying-fox V Known; recorded in rainforest and
open forest habitat in site (as cited
in TS11)
Xeromys myoides Water Mouse, False Water Rat V Likely; inhabits mangrove forests,
freshwater swamps and floodplain
saline grasslands and feeds on
marine and freshwater
invertebrates, including crabs,
pulmonates and molluscs
(Woinarski 2006, as cited in
TS11)
Balaenoptera edeni Bryde’s Whale M Species or species habitat may
occur within area
Balaenoptera musculus Blue Whale E, M Species or species habitat may
occur within area
Dugong dugon Dugong M Species or species habitat likely to occur within area
Megaptera novaeangliae Humpback Whale V, M Breeding known to occur within area
Orcaella brevirostris Irrawaddy Dolphin M Species or species habitat may occur within area
Orcinus orca Killer Whale, Orca M Species or species habitat may occur within area
Rhincodon typus Whale Shark V, M Species or species habitat may occur within area
Sousa chinensis Indo-Pacific Humpback Dolphine M Species or species habitat may occur within area
Frogs
Litoria nannotis Waterfall Frog, Torrent Tree
Frog
E Improbable; open waterbodies
required for feeding are not
present in site (as cited in TS11)
Litoria rheocola Common Mistfrog E Improbable; fast flowing rocky
stream habitats are not present in
site (as cited in TS11)
p 4
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
List of Matters of National Environmental Significance likely to occur in the CBTA
Scientific name Common name EPBC Status Likelihood of Occurrence
Frogs
Nyctimystes dayi Lace-eyed Tree Frog, Australian
Lacelid
E Improbable; rocky streams in
rainforest are not present in site
(as cited in TS11)
Reptiles
Caretta caretta Loggerhead Turtle E, M Likely; Beaches, littoral strands
and marine aquatic areas are
present on site (HLA 2004, as
cited in TS11)
Chelonia mydas Green Turtle V, M Known (Breeding); Beaches and
littoral strands are present at site.
Recorded in marine / aquatic
habitat at site (HLA 2004, as cited
in TS11)
Dermochelys coriacea Leatherback Turtle, Leathery
Turtle, Luth
E, M Species or species habitat likely
to occur within area
Eretmochelys imbricata Hawksbill Turtle V, M Likely; Beaches, littoral strands
and marine aquatic areas are
present on site (HLA 2004, as
cited in TS11)
Lepidochelys olivacea Olive Ridley Turtle, Pacific
Ridley Turtle
E, M Likely; Beaches, littoral strands
and marine aquatic areas are
present on site (HLA 2004, as
cited in TS11)
Natator depressus Flatback Turtle V, M Likely (Breeding); Beaches, littoral
strands and marine aquatic
habitats are present on site (HLA
2004, as cited in TS11)
Crocodylus porosus Salt-water Crocodile, Estuarine
Crocodile
M Known; recorded in estuarine
habitats in site (as cited in TS11)
Sharks
Rhincodon typus Whale Shark V, M Species or species habitat may
occur within area
Pristis clavata Dwarf Sawfish, Queensland Sawfish
V Species or species habitat likely to occur within area
Pristis zijsron Green Sawfish, Dindagubba, Narrowsnout Sawfish
V Species or species habitat may occur within area
Lamna nasus Porbeagle, Mackerel Shark M Species or species habitat may occur within area
p 5
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
List of Matters of National Environmental Significance likely to occur in the CBTA
Scientific name Common name EPBC Status Likelihood of Occurrence
Plants
Arenga australasica Australian Arenga Palm V Likely; suitable near-coastal
rainforest habitats are present in
site (as cited in TS11)
Chingia australis E May; rainforest habitats on steep
creek banks and slopes are
present in site (as cited in TS11)
X Vappaculum superbiens (syn.
Dendrobium superbiens)
Curly Pinks V Likely; suitable coastal scrub
habitat is present in site (as cited
in TS11)
Durabaculum mirbelianum (syn.
Dendrobium mirbelianum)
an orchid E May; coastal swamps and
mangroves are present in site (as
cited in TS11)
Huperzia phlegmarioides Layered Tassel-fern V May; rainforest is present in site
(as cited in TS11)
Dendrobium bigibbum Cooktown Orchid V Species or species habitat may occur within area
Streblus pendulinus Siah’s Backbone, Sia’s Backbone, Isaac Wood
E Species or species habitat likely to occur within area
p 1
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
Appendix G List of Threatened Communities, Species and Migratory Species for Canungra Training Area
p 1
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
List of Matters of National Environmental Significance likely to occur in the CTA
Scientific name Common name EPBC Status Likelihood of Occurrence
Threatened Ecological Communities
Lowland Rainforest of Subtropical Australia CE Community may occur
Birds
Anthochaera phrygia Regent Honeyeater E Species or species habitat may
occur within area
Botaurus poiciloptilus Australasian Bittern E Species or species habitat may
occur within area
Cyclopsitta diophthalma coxeni Coxen’s Fig-Parrot E, M Species or species habitat likely
to occur within area
Dasyornis brachypterus Eastern Bristlebird E Species or species habitat likely
to occur within area
Erythrotriorchis radiatus Red Goshawk V Species or species habitat likely
to occur within area
Geophaps scripta scripta Squatter Pigeon (southern) V Species or species habitat likely
to occur within area
Lathamus discolour Swift Parrot E Species or species habitat likely
to occur within area
Peophila cincta cincta Black-throated Finch (southern) E Species or species habitat may
occur within area
Rostratula australis Australian Painted Snipe V Species or species habitat may
occur within area
Turnix melanogaster Black-breasted Button-quail V Species or species habitat likely
to occur within area
Apus pacificus Fork-tailed Swift M Species or species habitat may
occur within area
Ardea alba Great Egret, White Egret M Species or species habitat may
occur within area
Ardea ibis Cattle Egret M Species or species habitat may
occur within area
Haliaeetus leucogaster White-bellied Sea-Eagle M Species or species habitat likely
to occur within area
Hirundapus caudacutus White-throated Needletail M Species or species habitat known
to occur within area
Merops ornatus Rainbow Bee-eater M Species or species habitat may
occur within area
p 2
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
List of Matters of National Environmental Significance likely to occur in the CTA
Scientific name Common name EPBC Status Likelihood of Occurrence
Birds
Monarcha trivirgatus Spectacled Monarch M Breeding likely to occur within
area
Myiagra cyanoleuca Satin Flycatcher M Breeding likely to occur within
area
Rhipidura rufifrons Rufous Fantail M Breeding may occur within area
Xanthomyza phrygia Regent Honeyeater E, M Species or species habitat may
occur within area
Gallinago hardwickii Latham’s Snipe, Japanese
Snipe
M Species or species habitat may
occur within area
Rostratula benghalensis (sensu
lato)
Painted Snipe V, M Species or species habitat may
occur within area
Mammals
Chalinolobus dwyeri Large-eared Pied Bat, Large
Pied Bat
V Species or species habitat may
occur within area
Dasyurus hallucatus Northern Quoll E Species or species habitat may
occur within area
Dasyurus maculatus maculatus
(SW mainland population)
Spot-tailed Quoll, Spotted-tail
Qholl, Tiger Quoll (southeastern
mainland population)
E Species or species habitat may
occur within area
Petrogale penicillata Brush-tailed Rock-wallaby V Species or species habitat known
to occur within area
Phascolarctos cinereus
(combined populations of Qld,
NSW and the ACT)
Koala (combined populations of
Queensland, New South Wales
and the Australian Capital
Territory)
V Species or species habitat known
to occur within area
Potorous tridactylus tridactylus Long-nosed Potoroo (SE
mainland)
V Species or species habitat may
occur within area
Pteropus poliocephalus Grey-headed Flying-fox V Roosting known to occur within area
Frogs
Mixophyes fleayi Fleay’s Frog E Species or species habitat likely
to occur within area
Mixophyes iteratus Giant Barred Frog, Southern
Barred Frog
E Species or species habitat likely
to occur within area
p 3
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
List of Matters of National Environmental Significance likely to occur in the CTA
Scientific name Common name EPBC Status Likelihood of Occurrence
Reptiles
Coeranoscincus reticulatus Three-toed Snake-tooth Skink V Species or species habitat may
occur within area
Delma torquata Collared Delma V Species or species habitat may
occur within area
Furina dunmalli Dunmall’s Snake V Species or species habitat may
occur within area
Insects
Phyllodes imperialis (southern
subsp.)
Pink Underwing Moth E Species or species habitat likely
to occur within area
Plants
Allocasuarina defungens Dwarf Heath Casuarina E Species or species habitat may
occur within area
Arthraxon hispidus Hairy-joint Grass V Species or species habitat may
occur within area
Baloghia marmorata Marbled Balogia, Jointed Baloghia
V Species or species habitat likely
to occur within area
Bosistoa selwynii Heart-leaved Bosistoa V Species or species habitat likely
to occur within area
Bosistoa transversa Three-leaved Bosistoa V Species or species habitat likely
to occur within area
Bulbophyllum globuliforme Miniature Moss-orchid V Species or species habitat likely to occur within area
Cryptocarya foetida Stinking Cryptocarya, Stinking Laurel
V Species or species habitat likely to occur within area
Cryptostylis hunteriana Leafless Tongue-orchid V Species or species habitat may occur within area
Cyperus semifertilis V Species or species habitat likely to occur within area
Endiandra hayesii Rusty Rose Walnut, Velvet Laurel
V Species or species habitat likely to occur within area
Floydia praealta Ball Nut, Possum Nut, Big Nut, Beefwood
V Species or species habitat likely to occur within area
Lepidium peregrinum Wandering Pepper-cress E Species or species habitat likely to occur within area
Macadamia integrifolia Macadamia Nut, Queensland Nut, Smooth-shelled Macadamia, Bush Nut, Nut Oak
V Species or species habitat likely to occur within area
p 4
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
List of Matters of National Environmental Significance likely to occur in the CTA
Scientific name Common name EPBC Status Likelihood of Occurrence
Plants
Notelaea ipsviciensis Cooneana Olive CE Species or species habitat may occur within the area
Notelaea lloydii V Species or species habitat likely to occur within area
Owenia cepiodora Onionwood, Bog Onion, Onion Cedar
V Species or species habitat likely to occur within area
Phebalium distans Mt Berryman Phebalium CE Species or species habitat may occur within area
Plectranthus nitidus Nightcap Plectranthus E Species or species habitat likely to occur within area
Sarcochilus hartmannii Waxy Sarcochilus, Blue Knob Orchid
V Species or species habitat likely to occur within area
Sophora fraseri V Species or species habitat likely to occur within area
Streblus pendulinus Siah’s Backbone, Sia’s Backbone, Isaac Wood
E Species or species habitat known to occur within area
Syzygium hodgkinsoniae Smooth-bark Rose Apple, Red Lilly Pilly
V Species or species habitat likely to occur within area
Taeniophyllum muelleri Minute Orchid, Ribbon-root Orchid
V Species or species habitat likely to occur within area
Zieria collina V Species or species habitat likely to occur within area
p 1
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
Appendix H List of Threatened Communities, Species and Migratory Species for Delamere Range Facility
p 1
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
List of Matters of National Environmental Significance likely to occur in the DRF
Scientific name Common name EPBC Status Likelihood of Occurrence
Birds
Erythrotriorchis radiatus Red Goshawk V May; lack of available information
on DRF vegetation, fauna and
habitat (as cited in TS11)
Erythrura gouldiae Gouldian Finch E, M Known; E. gouldiae documented
in the Delamere region by Low,
Dobbie and Roeger (1988) (Low
Ecological Services 2000, as cited
in TS11)
Falcunculus frontatus whitei Crested Shrike-tit (northern),
Northern Shrike-tit
V, M Likely; species may be present in
eucalypt woodland and forest
habitat at DRF (Woinarski and
Ward 2006, as cited in TS11)
Malurus coronatus coronatus Purple-crowned Fairy-wren
(western)
V May; lack of available information
on DRF vegetation, fauna and
habitat (as cited in TS11)
Rostratula australis Australian Painted Snipe V May; it is considered possible that
R. australis could occur in
northern NT (Taylor, Chatto and
Woinarski 2006, as cited in TS11)
Apus pacificus Fork-tailed Swift M Species or species habitat may
occur within area
Ardea alba Great Egret, White Egret M Species or species habitat may occur within area
Ardea ibis Cattle Egret M Species or species habitat may occur within area
Haliaeetus leucogaster White-bellied Sea-Eagle M Species or species habitat likely to occur within area
Merops ornatus Rainbow Bee-eater M Species or species habitat may occur within area
Charadrius veredus Oreintal Plover, Oriental Dotterel M Species or species habitat may occur within area
Glareola maldivarum Oriental Pratincole M Species or species habitat may occur within area
Rostratula benghalensis (sensu lato)
Painted Snipe V, M Species or species habitat may occur within area
p 2
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
List of Matters of National Environmental Significance likely to occur in the DRF
Scientific name Common name EPBC Status Likelihood of Occurrence
Mammals
Dasyurus hallucatus Northern Quoll E Likely; potentially present in rocky
outcrops and near creek lines
(Spotless Services 2007, as cited
in TS11)
Phascogale pirata Northern Brush-tailed
Phascogale
V Species or species habitat likely
to occur within area
Saccolaimus saccolaimus
nudicluniatus
Bare-rumped Sheathtail Bat CE Species or species habitat may
occur within area
Macrotis lagotis Greater Bilby V Species or species habitat may occur within area
Reptiles
Elseya lavarackorum Gulf Snapping Turtle E Species or species habitat may occur within area
Sharks
Pristis microdon Freshwater Sawfish V Improbable; within range of
species (Larson, Stirrat and
Woinarski 2006, as cited in TS11);
DRF topography is escarpment
country with small ephemeral
water bodies; probability of this
species occurring at DRF likely to
be low during the wet season, and
impossible in the dry season (as
cited in TS11)
p 1
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
Appendix I List of Threatened Communities, Species and Migratory Species for Bradshaw Field Training Area
p 1
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
List of Matters of National Environmental Significance likely to occur in the BFTA
Scientific name Common name EPBC Status Likelihood of Occurrence
Birds
Erythrotriorchis radiatus Red Goshawk V Species or species habitat likely
to occur within area
Erythrura gouldiae Gouldian Finch E, M Known; recorded at BFTA in hilly
woodland and grasslands (SKM
2006, as cited in TS11); nests
almost exclusively tree hollows in
Salmon Gums (Eucalyptus
tintinnans) in the NT in stony hills
in the dry season, floodplain and
lowland habitat in the wet season
(as cited in TS11)
Malurus coronatus coronatus Purple-crowned Fairy-wren
(western)
V Known; Two records of M. c.
coronatus at BFTA (SKM 2006, as
cited in TS11)
Rostratula australis Australian Painted Snipe V Species or species habitat likely
to occur within area
Tyto novaehollandiae kimberli Masked Owl (northern) V Known; recorded at BFTA in
woodlands and riparian areas
(SKM 2006, as cited in TS11)
Apus pacificus Fork-tailed Swift M Species or species habitat may
occur within area
Ardea alba Great Egret, White Egret M Species or species habitat may
occur within area
Ardea ibis Cattle Egret M Species or species habitat may
occur within area
Sterna albifrons Little Tern M Species or species habitat may
occur within area
Coracina tenuirostris melvillensis Melville Cicadabird M Species or species habitat may
occur within area
Haliaeetus leucogaster White-bellied Sea-Eagle M Species or species habitat likely
to occur within area
Hirundo rustica Barn Swallow M Species or species habitat may
occur within area
p 2
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
List of Matters of National Environmental Significance likely to occur in the BFTA
Scientific name Common name EPBC Status Likelihood of Occurrence
Birds
Merops ornatus Rainbow Bee-eater M Species or species habitat may
occur within area
Poecilodryas superciliosa
cerviniventris
Derby White-browed Robin M Species or species habitat likely
to occur within area
Rhipidura rufifrons Rufous Fantail M Species or species habitat may
occur within area
Charadrius veredus Oriental Plover, Oriental Dotterel M Species or species habitat may
occur within area
Glareola maldivarum Oriental Pratincole M Species or species habitat may
occur within area
Rostratula benghalensis (sensu
lato)
Painted Snipe V, M Species or species habitat likely
to occur within area
Mammals
Dasyurus hallucatus Northern Quoll E Known; recorded at BFTA sites
01, 02, 03, 06, 07, 08 and NT1 in
2002 (Australian Heritage
Commission 2002, as cited in
TS11)
Phascogale pirata Northern Brush-tailed
Phascogale
V Species or species habitat likely
to occur within area
Saccolaimus saccolaimus
nudicluniatus
Bare-rumped Sheathtail Bat CE Species or species habitat may
occur within area
Xeromys myoides Water Mouse, False Water Rat V Likely; inhabits mangrove forests,
freshwater swamps and floodplain
saline grasslands and feeds on
marine and freshwater
invertebrates, including crabs,
pulmonates and molluscs
(Woinarski 2006, as cited in
TS11)
p 3
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
List of Matters of National Environmental Significance likely to occur in the BFTA
Scientific name Common name EPBC Status Likelihood of Occurrence
Reptiles
Caretta caretta Loggerhead Turtle E, M Species or species habitat likely
to occur within area
Chelonia mydas Green Turtle V, M Species or species habitat likely to occur within area
Dermochelys coriacea Leatherback Turtle, Leathery Turtle, Luth
E, M Species or species habitat may occur within area
Eretmochelys imbricate Hawksbill Turtle V, M Species or species habitat likely to occur within area
Lepidochelys olivacea Olive Ridley Turtle, Pacific Ridley Turtle
E, M Species or species habitat likely to occur within area
Natator depressus Flatback Turtle V, M Species or species habitat likely to occur within area
Crocodylus porosus Salt-water Crocodile, Estuarine
Crocodile
M Species or species habitat likely to occur within area
Sharks
Pristis microdon Freshwater Sawfish V Species or species habitat likely to occur within area
p 1
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
Appendix J List of Threatened Communities, Species and Migratory Species for Mount Bundey Training Area
p 1
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
List of Matters of National Environmental Significance likely to occur in the MBTA
Scientific name Common name EPBC Status Likelihood of Occurrence
Birds
Epthianura crocea tunneyi Yellow Chat (Alligator Rivers) E Species or species habitat may
occur within area
Erythrotriorchis radiatus Red Goshawk V Species or species habitat known
to occur within area
Erythrura gouldiae Gouldian Finch E, M Known; Craig Creek Sector
(1989); near Western Road
(2006-07); stony hills in the dry
season, floodplain and lowland
habitat in the wet season (as cited
in TS11)
Geophaps smithii smitii Partridge Pigeon (eastern) V Known; recorded in woodland
(type 2) habitat (HLA 2002, as
cited in TS11)
Tyto novaehollandiae kimberli Masked Owl (northern) V Likely; within range; occurs mainly
in tall eucalypt open forests
(especially those dominated by
Darwin Woollybutt and Darwin
Stringybark), but also roosts in
monsoon rainforests, and forages
in more open vegetation types,
including grasslands (as cited in
TS11)
Apus pacificus Fork-tailed Swift M Species or species habitat may
occur within area
Ardea alba Great Egret, White Egret M Species or species habitat may
occur within area
Ardea ibis Cattle Egret M Species or species habitat may
occur within area
Coracina tenuirostris melvillensis Melville Cicadabird M Species or species habitat may
occur within area
Haliaeetus leucogaster White-bellied Sea- Eagle M Species or species habitat likely
to occur within area
Hirundo rustica Barn Swallow M Species or species habitat may
occur within area
p 2
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
List of Matters of National Environmental Significance likely to occur in the MBTA
Scientific name Common name EPBC Status Likelihood of Occurrence
Birds
Merops ornatus Rainbow Bee-eater M Species or species habitat may
occur within area
Poecilodryas superciliosa
cerviniventris
Derby White-browed Robin M Species or species habitat likely
to occur within area
Rhipidura rufifrons Rufous Fantail M Species or species habitat may
occur within area
Actitis hypoleucos Common Sandpiper M Species or species habitat likely
to occur within area
Charadrius veredus Oriental Plover, Oriental Dotterel M Species or species habitat may
occur within area
Glareola maldivarum Oriental Pratincole M Species or species habitat may
occur within area
Numenius phaeopus Whimbrel M Species or species habitat likely
to occur within area
Pluvialis squatarola Grey Plover M Species or species habitat likely
to occur within area
Tringa stagnatilis Marsh Sandpiper, Little
Greenshank
M Species or species habitat likely
to occur within area
Xenus cinereus Terek Sandpiper M Species or species habitat likely
to occur within area
Glareola maldivarum Oriental Pratincole M Species or species habitat may occur within area
Mammals
Conilurus penicillatus Brush-tailed Rabbit- rat, Brush-
tailed Tree-rat
V Likely; may be present in tall open
woodland habitat at MBTA (as
cited in TS11)
Dasyurus hallucatus Northern Quoll E Known; recorded from a scat
located at Woodland I, has
previously been recorded in
Woodlands I, II and III (Spotless
Services 2007, as cited in TS11)
p 3
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
List of Matters of National Environmental Significance likely to occur in the MBTA
Scientific name Common name EPBC Status Likelihood of Occurrence
Mammals
Mesembriomys macrurus Golden-backed Tree- rat V May; last known NT record 1969
at Deaf Adder Gorge, all NT
records from riverine habitat -
known from a broad range of
habitat types in the Kimberley
(Woinarski and Palmer 2006, as
cited in TS11)
Phascogale pirata Northern Brush-tailed
Phascogale
V Species or species habitat likely
to occur within area
Saccolaimus saccolaimus
nudicluniatus
Bare-rumped Sheathtail Bat CE Likely; all confirmed records for S.
s. nudicluniatus are from the
lowlands within Kakadu National
Park, in open Pandanus woodland
fringing the sedgelands of the
South Alligator River. It has also
been recorded from eucalypt tall
open forests in the NT. In
Queensland, it is known mainly
from coastal lowlands, including
eucalypt woodlands and
rainforests and is known to roosts
in tree hollows and caves (Milne
and Woinarski 2006, as cited in
TS11)
Zyzomys maini Arnhem Rock-rat, Arnhem Land Rock-rat
V Species or species habitat may occur within area
Reptiles
Lucasium occultum Yellow-snouted Gecko E Known; woodland (type 3) habitat
near JimJim Road 2004 (one
record); potentially present
northeastern MBTA, particularly
Arnhem and Barramundi sectors;
a single individual was caught in a
pitfall trap during the 2004 survey
in Woodland III habitat beside Jim
Jim Road (HLA 2007, as cited in
TS11)
Crocodylus porosus Salt-water Crocodile, Estuarine Crocodile
M Species or species habitat likely
to occur within area
p 4
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
List of Matters of National Environmental Significance likely to occur in the MBTA
Scientific name Common name EPBC Status Likelihood of Occurrence
Sharks
Pristis microdon Freshwater Sawfish V May; within range (Larson, Stirrat and Woinarski 2006, as cited in TS11)
p 1
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
Appendix K List of Threatened Communities, Species and Migratory Species for Coral Sea
p 1
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
List of Matters of National Environmental Significance likely to occur in the Coral Sea
Scientific name Common name EPBC Status Likelihood of Occurrence
Birds
Diomedea dabbenena Tristan Albatross E,M Foraging, feeding or related behaviour may occur within area
Fregetta grallaria grallaria White-bellied Storm-Petrel V Species or species habitat likely to occur within area
Macronectes giganteus Southern Giant Petrel E,M Species or species habitat may occur within area
Macronectes halli Northern Giant Petrel V, M Species or species habitat may occur within area
Pterodroma heraldic Herald Petrel CE Breeding known to occur within area
Pterodroma neglecta neglecta Kermadec Petrel V Species or species habitat may occur within area
Thalassarche impavida Campbell Albatoss V, M Species or species habitat may occur within area
Anous stolidus Common Noddy M Breeding known to occur within area
Apus pacificus Fork-tailed Swift M Species or species habitat may occur within area
Ardea alba Great Egret M Breeding likely to occur within area
Ardea ibis Cattle Egret M Breeding likely to occur within area
Calonectris leucomelas Streaked Shearwater M Species or species habitat may occur within area
Fregata ariel Lesser Frigatebird, Least Frigatebird
M Breeding known to occur within area
Fregata minor Great Frigatebird, Greater Frigatebird
M Breeding known to occur within area
Puffinus leucomelas Streaked Shearwater M Species or species habitat may occur within area
Puffinus pacificus Wedge-tailed Shearwater M Breeding known to occur within area
Sterna albifrons Little Tern M Breeding may occur within area
Sterna anaethetus Bridled Tern M Breeding known to occur within area
Sterna bengalensis Lesser Crested Tern M Breeding known to occur within area
p 2
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
List of Matters of National Environmental Significance likely to occur in the Coral Sea
Scientific name Common name EPBC Status Likelihood of Occurrence
Birds
Sterna caspia Caspian Tern M Breeding known to occur within area
Sterna sumatrana Black-naped Tern M Breeding known to occur within area
Sula dactylatra Masked Booby M Breeding known to occur within area
Sula leucogaster Brown Booby M Breeding known to occur within area
Sula sula Red-footed Booby M Breeding known to occur within area
Mammals
Balaenophtera borealis Sei Whale V, M Species or species habitat may
occur within area
Balaenoptera musculus Blue Whale E, M Species or species habitat may occur within area
Balaenoptera physalus Fin Whale V, M Species or species habitat may occur within area
Eubalaena australis Southern Right Whale E, M Species or species habitat likely to occur within area
Megaptera novaeangliae Humpback Whale V, M Breeding known to occur within area
Balaenoptera bonaerensis Antarctic Minke Whale, Dark-shoulder Minke Whale
M Species or species habitat may occur within area
Balaenoptera edeni Bryde's Whale M Species or species habitat may occur within area
Dugong dugong Dugong M Species or species habitat known to occur within area
Lagenorhynchus obscurus Dusky Dolphin M Species or species habitat may occur within area
Orcinus orca Killer Whale, Orca M Species or species habitat may occur within area
Physeter macrocephalus Sperm Whale M Species or species habitat may occur within area
Sousa chinensis Indo-Pacific Humpback Dolphin M Species or species habitat may occur within area
Orcaella brevirostris Irrawaddy Dolphin M Species or species habitat may occur within area
p 3
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
List of Matters of National Environmental Significance likely to occur in the Coral Sea
Scientific name Common name EPBC Status Likelihood of Occurrence
Reptiles
Caretta caretta Loggerhead Turtle E, M Breeding known to occur within
area
Chelonia mydas Green Turtle V, M Breeding known to occur within area
Dermochelys coriacea Leatherback Turtle, Leathery Turtle, Luth
V, M Species or species habitat known to occur within area
Eretmochelys imbricate Hawksbill Turtle V, M Breeding known to occur within area
Lepidochelys olivacea Olive Ridley Turtle, Pacific Ridley Turtle
E, M Breeding known to occur within area
Natator depressus Flatback Turtle V, M Breeding known to occur within area
Crocodylus porosus Salt-water Crocodile, Estuarine
Crocodile
M Species or species habitat likely to occur within area
Sharks
Carcharias taurus (east coast population)
Grey Nurse Shark (east coast population)
CE Congregation or aggregation known to occur within area
Carcharodon carcharias Great White Shark V, M Species or species habitat may occur within area
Rhincodon typus Whale Shark V, M Species or species habitat may occur within area
Pristis clavata Dwarf Sawfish, Queensland Sawfish
V Species or species habitat likely to occur within area
Pristis zijsron Green Sawfish, Dindagubba, Narrowsnout Sawfish
V Species or species habitat may occur within area
Isurus oxyrinchus Shortfin Mako, Mako Shark M Species or species habitat likely to occur within area
Isurus paucus Longfin Mako M Species or species habitat likely to occur within area
Fish
Epinephelus daemelii Black Rockcod, Black Cod, Saddled Rockcod
V Species or species habitat may occur within area
p 1
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
Appendix L List of Threatened Communities, Species and Migratory Species for Timor and Arafura Seas
p 1
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
List of Matters of National Environmental Significance likely to occur in the Timor and Arafura Seas
Scientific name Common name EPBC Status Likelihood of Occurrence
Birds
Apus pacificus Fork-tailed Swift M Species or species habitat may occur within area
Ardea alba Great Egret, White Egret M Species or species habitat may occur within area
Ardea ibis Cattle Egret M Species or species habitat may occur within area
Calonectris leucomelas Streaked Shearwater M Species or species habitat may occur within area
Puffinus leucomelas Streaked Shearwater M Species or species habitat may occur within area
Sterna albifrons Little Tern M Breeding known to occur within area
Sterna anaethetus Bridled Tern M Breeding known to occur within area
Anous stolidus Common Noddy M Breeding known to occur within area
Fregata ariel Lesser Frigatebird, Least Frigatebird
M Breeding known to occur within area
Fregata minor Great Frigatebird, Greater Frigatebird
M Breeding known to occur within area
Phaethon lepturus White-tailed Tropicbird M Foraging, feeding or related behaviour likely to occur within area
Sterna bengalensis Lesser Crested Tern M Breeding known to occur within area
Sterna sumatrana Black-naped Tern M Breeding known to occur within area
Sula leucogaster Brown Booby M Breeding known to occur within area
Sula sula Red-footed Booby M Breeding known to occur within area
Mammals
Balaenoptera musculus Blue Whale E, M Species or species habitat may
occur within area
p 2
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
List of Matters of National Environmental Significance likely to occur in the Timor and Arafura Seas
Scientific name Common name EPBC Status Likelihood of Occurrence
Mammals
Megaptera novaeangliae Humpback Whale V, M Breeding known to occur within
area
Balaenoptera bonaerensis Antarctic Minke Whale, Dark-
shoulder Minke Whale
M Species or species habitat may
occur within area
Balaenoptera edeni Bryde's Whale M Species or species habitat may
occur within area
Dugong dugon Dugong M Species or species habitat known
to occur within area
Orcinus orca Killer Whale M Species or species habitat may
occur within area
Physeter macrocephalus Sperm Whale M Species or species habitat may occur within area
Sousa chinensis Indo-Pacific Humpback Dolphin M Breeding known to occur within area
Tursiops aduncus (Arafura/Timor Sea populations)
Spotted Bottlenose Dolphin
(Arafura/Timor Sea populations)
M Species or species habitat likely to occur within area
Orcaella brevirostris Irrawaddy Dolphin M Species or species habitat may occur within area
Reptiles
Caretta caretta Loggerhead Turtle E, M Foraging, feeding or related
behaviour known to occur within
area
Chelonia mydas Green Turtle V, M Breeding known to occur within area
Crocodylus porosus Salt-water Crocodile, Estuarine Crocodile
M Species or species habitat likely to occur within area
Dermochelys coriacea Leatherback Turtle, Leathery Turtle, Luth
V, M Breeding known to occur within area
Eretmochelys imbricata Hawksbill Turtle V, M Breeding known to occur within area
p 3
Project 230264 | File PER Draft for Consultation September 2012.docx | 24 September 2012 | Revision 2
List of Matters of National Environmental Significance likely to occur in the Timor and Arafura Seas
Scientific name Common name EPBC Status Likelihood of Occurrence
Reptiles
Lepidochelys olivacea Pacific Ridley Turtle, Olive Ridley Turtle
E, M Breeding known to occur within area
Natator depressus Flatback Turtle V, M Breeding known to occur within area
Aipysurus apraefrontalis Short-nosed Seasnake CE Species or species habitat likely to occur within area
Aipysurus foliosquama Leaf-scaled Seasnake CE Species or species habitat likely to occur within area
Sharks
Rhincodon typus Whale Shark V, M Foraging, feeding or related behaviour known to occur within area
Pristis clavata Dwarf Sawfish, Queensland Sawfish
V Species or species habitat likely to occur within area
Pristis microdon Freshwater Sawfish V Species or species habitat likely to occur within area
Pristis zijsron Green Sawfish, Dindagubba, Narrowsnout Sawfish
V Species or species habitat may occur within area
Isurus oxyrinchus Shortfin Mako, Mako Shark M Species or species habitat likely to occur within area
Isurus paucus Longfin Mako M Species or species habitat likely to occur within area
Appendix M Community Issues and Responses – Cross Reference Table
TO BE UPDATED FOLLOWING THE COMMUNITY CONSULTATION PERIOD
Appendix N Frequently Asked Questions
TO BE UPDATED FOLLOWING THE COMMUNITY CONSULTATION PERIOD
Aurecon Australia Pty Ltd
ABN 54 005 139 873
Level 1, 15 Barry Drive Turner ACT 2612
GPO Box 320 Canberra City ACT 2601 Australia
T +61 2 6112 0100
F +61 2 6112 0106
W aurecongroup.com
Aurecon offices are located in:
Angola, Australia, Botswana, China,
Ethiopia, Hong Kong, Indonesia,
Lesotho, Libya, Malawi, Mozambique,
Namibia, New Zealand, Nigeria,
Philippines, Singapore, South Africa,
Swaziland, Tanzania, Thailand, Uganda,
United Arab Emirates, Vietnam.